Transcript
iMount®Cylinder Pro-sound Packaged Speakers
Exclusive — patented integral T-bar design.
Lowell Host (LHR), Enclosed (LER) and Ganging (LGR) Electronic Racks & Accessories
COMPAC™ Advanced Surge Suppression
POWERSTAC™ Modular Power
Lay-in & Grid-mount Drop Ceiling Speakers for Music, Paging & Sound-Masking
UNIHORN® Paging Speaker
August 7, 2010 ©2010-11 Lowell Manufacturing Company | 100 Integram Dr, Pacific, MO 63069 USA | ph. (800) 325-9660, (636) 257-3400
Table of Contents Electronic Racks Type
Model (description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page
I. FLOOR RACKS (stationary) LER-series (side & back panels, open front, adj. rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .06 A. Enclosed: LER-F-series (side & back panels, open front, fixed rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .08 B. Ganging:
LGR-series (open frame, adj. rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
C. Network:
LRR-series (open frame – for relay equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
D. Laminated:
LLR-series (solid top, base & sides, open front & back) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
II. SEISMIC-CERTIFIED™ A. Enclosed:
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 LSER-series (side & back panels, open front, adj. rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 LSER-F-series (side & back panels, open front, fixed rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
B. Ganging:
LSGR-series (open frame, adj. rails) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
III. VARI-RACK®
LVR-series (open frame, adj. depth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
IV. PORTABLE RACKS A. Transport:
LPR-series (enclosed rack with casters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
B. Presentation:
LPPR-2432 (boardroom quality enclosed rack with laminate top & casters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
C. Studio:
LPSR-F series (enclosed rack with sloped front & casters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
V. WALL-MOUNT RACKS & SHELVES LWBR-series (side & back panels, open front, platform base) A. Pivoting:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
B. Swing-out:
LWR-series (side panels, top, base, sectional backbox) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
C. Stationary:
LWR-F-series (side panels, wall-mount bracket, top & base) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
D. Tilt-out:
LWTR-series (side panels, top, base, front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 LWTCR-series (side panels, top, base, front with dampers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
E. Shelves:
FS-series (pre-assembled, ships flat, folds out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 WS21-17 (back, base, angled sides) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
VI. PULL-OUT RACKS A. Built-in:
LPTR-series (two-part design, open frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
B. Host:
LHR-series (two-part design, exterior side panels, pull-out frame on turntable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
VII. CREDENZA RACKS A. Built-in: B. Desk:
VIII. RACK OPTIONS A. Doors
LCR-1216 (welded frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 X-series (unassembled, open frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 LDR-series (top, base, side panels, open front & back) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 LDSR-series (top, bottom panels, side panels, open front (sloped) & back) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Doors & Access Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Dual-Door Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
B. Side Panels
(listed with individual rack models)
C. Rails
Rack Mounting Rails (also see specific rack models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
D. Miscellaneous
Cable Chase (raceway) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Decorative Work Surface (rack top) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Grounding Bus Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Knockout / Project Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Platform Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
IX. RACKWARE® ACCESSORIES A. 19" EIA Panels Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Vented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Security Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Panels with Device Cutouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Panels with Device Cutouts & Pocket-ID® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Panels with Device Cutouts, Pocket-ID® & Volume Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 B. 19" EIA Shelves
Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Shelves with Custom Face-Plate (RMK-series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Writing / Laptop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Keyboard / Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Variable Depth or Variable Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
C. 19" EIA Storage
Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Media Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
D. Miscellaneous
Rack Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
X. CABLE MANAGEMENT A. Horizontal
19" EIA Horizontal Rackmount Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
B. Vertical
Vertical Rackmount Cable Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
C. Bushings / Ties
Bushings & Cable Wraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
XI. THERMAL MANAGEMENT A. Fans 19" EIA Fan Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
02
B. Kit
Single Fan Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
C. Thermostat
Fan Thermostat Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Power Type I. 19" EIA RACKMOUNT PANELS A. Stand-alone:
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 15A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
B. Remote Controls (contact closure):
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 15A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
C. Sequencing & Remote Controls:
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
II. AC POWER STRIPS A. Single-circuit:
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 15A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
B. Multi-circuit:
15A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
C. Remote Control (single-circuit):
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
D. Remote Control (multi-circuit):
20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
E. 240VAC 50/60 Hz
10A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
III. POWERSTAC™ A. Modular Power Strips:
IV. ADVANCED SURGE SUPPRESSION A. Rackmount:
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Module Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Module Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Individual Replacement Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Panels with Advanced Surge Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
B. COMPAC™:
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
C. COMPAC™ STIC:
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
D. Ground Transient Filter (GTF):
20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
E. Stand-alone:
20A Single-Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 20A Multi-Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
V. LOADCENTERS A. Single-phase with Control Unit:
100A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
B. Three-phase with Control Unit:
125A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 225A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
C. Sequence Control (only):
24-Circuit / 8-Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
D. Circuit Breakers (stab mount):
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Controlled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
VI. SURFACE-MOUNT DEVICES A. Remote Controls:
B. Sequencers: VII. SWITCHES A. Rackmount:
15A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 20A Corded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 20A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 30A Hardwired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Maintained Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Momentary Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
B. Wall Plate:
Maintained Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Momentary Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
C. Replacement Keys:
(for switches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
D. Momentary Switch Module:
Surface-mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
03
Audio Type
Model (description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page
I. PACKAGED SPEAKER SYSTEMS A. Open Architecture / Recessed Ceiling:
iMount® (pro sound – 12" or 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 MDX (pro sound – 12") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
B. Open Architecture (only):
iMount® Cylinder (pro sound – 12" or 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
C. Lay-in Drop Ceiling:
LT (pro sound – 8", 6" or 4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 LT (music/paging – 8"or 4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
D. Recessed Ceiling:
CN-Pro (music/paging – 8" or 6") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 CN-Pro-EL (music/paging – 8" or 6") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 RPAK (music/paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
E. Surface: Wall-mount
OS (high-fidelity indoor/outdoor music – 100W or 50W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 DSL (music/paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 DSQ (music/paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 SL (music/paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
F. Surface: Open Beam
BC (music/paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
G. Surface Horn:
Unihorn® (paging – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 LH (paging horns – 30W or 15W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
II. UL 1480 GRILLE / SPEAKER / XFMR ASSEMBLIES A. Fire-Protective Signaling:
B. General Signaling: III. GRILLE / SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES (+/- XFMR) A. Assembly with Round Grille B. Assembly with Square Grille
ULD (8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 ULS (8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 ULT (4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 WB (12", 8" or 4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
8" or 4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 8" or 4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
IV. SOUND-MASKING A. Drop Ceiling: Lay-in
LT (music, paging & sound-masking – 8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
B. Drop Ceiling: Grid-mount
SMTGM (formerly SMLT-series – 8" or 4") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
C. Above Ceiling:
SM (8") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
D. Electronics:
SMG (sound-masking generator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 SMGA (sound-masking generator/amplifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 MP (19" rackmount monitor panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 TLM-600 (impedance matching transformer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
V. SPEAKERS & COMPONENTS A. For 15-inch Speakers: B. For 12-inch Speakers:
Speaker/Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Tile-Bridge & Support Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
C. For 8-inch Speakers:
Speaker/Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Surface Baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Tile-Bridge & Support Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Recessed Mounting Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
D. For 6-inch Speakers:
Speaker/Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Tile-Bridges& Support Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
E. For 4-inch Speakers:
Speaker/Tranformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Tile-Bridge & Support Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Recessed Mounting Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
F. Transformers:
20/20 AudioVision® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 High Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Dual Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Impedance Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
G. Hardware:
Tinnerman Clips (8-32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
VI. VOLUME CONTROLS A. Wall-mount:
B. Rackmount:
04
Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Mono: 100/70/25V (1-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Mono: 100/70/25V (2-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Mono: 1500 ohm L-pad (1-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Mono: 50, 5K, 10K ohm (1-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Stereo: 8 ohm (1-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Stereo: 100/70/25V (2-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Mono: 100/70/25V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Mono: 50, 5K, 10K ohm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Stereo: 100/70/25V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Stereo: 8 ohm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Volume Controls pre-loaded into Rackmount Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Type VII. SOURCE SELECTOR SWITCHES A. Six-source: B. Six-source with Volume Control: VIII. MONITOR PANELS A. Rackmount: IX. ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES A. Power Supply:
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page Standard or Decora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Standard or Decora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
MP (passive, active or amplified) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
B. Relay Modules:
Standard (externally powered) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
C. Impedance-matching
Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
X. CLOCK / SPEAKER CENTERS A. Analog:
Grille/Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
B. Digital:
Grille/Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
C. Modular:
Grille/Frame Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Backbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
XI. WALL & FLOOR BOXES / PLATES A. Floor: B. Wall:
Alpha-numeric Model No. Index
Floor Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Carpet Trim Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Wall Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Wall Plate (1-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Wall Plate (2-gang) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
05
RACK I:
FLOOR RACKS (stationary) Enclosed Racks LER-series: Lowell Enclosed Racks feature adjustable mounting rails, welded sides and a rear door. Sides and door are vented top and bottom. Optional front door can be ordered separately. All-welded construction with 100% certified U.S. steel. Beveled edges on four corners. UL-Listed for loads up to 3150 lbs. (1429 kg). Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Top: two 16-gauge steel panels (3 & 4U or 3 & 7U depending on rack depth) create a flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management. Recessed Rear Door: vented (top/bottom) for passive heat dissipation. Includes lock and key. Adjustable Mounting Rails: can be mounted anywhere (front-to-back) along side rail supports. Printed scale on rails facilitates equipment installation; dual-hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences (10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use square holes for 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws with cage nuts). Two-pair of mounting rails are included with 32" depth racks; shallower racks include 1-pair. Side Rail Supports: allow mounting rails to be repositioned anywhere, front-to-back. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5" knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access; rack will accept (optional) platform base, leg levelers or anchors. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50). OPTIONS:
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Closure panels are included as standard equipment. Side rail supports allow mounting rails to be repositioned anywhere, front-to-back.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports. Mounting rails can be field-reversed to access squarepunched holes for alternate hardware needs.
LER-4432
RACK:
Removable knockout panels above and below rear door.
Front Door (LFD-series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.5mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door: see Rack Options for dual-door frame.
Optional surface front door is available in solid steel, fully-vented steel, or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): mounting rails with dual-hole pattern. Sold in pairs. Includes mounting hardware. Platform Base: 14-gauge steel base options: Stationary Base (LSB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Does not increase rack height. Shallow Stationary Base (LSSB-series): for shallow (22"/27" depth) racks. Base mounts inside rack frame creating a subfloor that’s 2.25" below bottom of rack space. Does not increase rack height. Mobile Base (LMB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 1.25" to rack height. 3" swivel casters (350 lb. load capacity ea.). Shallow Mobile Base (LMSB-series): cart mounts under rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 4.08" to rack height. 3" swivel casters— 2 locking (350 lb. load capacity each). Open Back (-LRD suffix): to order this rack without a rear door, select the “LRD” (less rear door) suffix in the model number. RACKWARE:®
06
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
LSB
LSSB
LMSB
LMB
Fan panels for active heat dissipation, can be found in the Thermal Management section.
Model No.
Description
RACKS LER-2122 LER-2422 LER-3522 LER-4022 LER-4422 LER-2127 LER-2427 LER-3527 LER-4027 LER-4427 LER-2432 LER-3532 LER-4032 LER-4432
Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack Enclosed Rack
RACKS LESS REAR DOOR LER-2122-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-2422-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-3522-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4022-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4422-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-2127-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-2427-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-3527-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4027-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4427-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-2432-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-3532-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4032-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LER-4432-LRD Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door OPTIONS LFD-21 LFD-24 LFD-35 LFD-40 LFD-44 LFD-21P LFD-24P LFD-35P LFD-40P LFD-44P LFD-21FV LFD-24FV LFD-35FV LFD-40FV LFD-44FV LSB-22 LSB-27 LSB-32 LSSB-22 LSSB-27 LMB-27 LMB-32 LMSB-22 RRD-21 RRD-24 RRD-35 RRD-40 RRD-44
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813)
L265-36 L265-42 L265-61 L265-70 L265-77 L267-36 L267-42 L267-61 L267-70 L267-77 L268-42 L268-61 L268-70 L268-77
43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
106 (48) 117 (53) 155 (70) 164 (74) 185 (84) 119 (54) 142 (64) 168 (76) 189 (86) 205 (93) 148 (67) 197 (89) 216 (98) 236 (107)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813)
L265-36ND L265-42ND L265-61ND L265-70ND L265-77ND L267-36ND L267-42ND L267-61ND L267-70ND L267-77ND L268-42ND L268-61ND L268-70ND L268-77ND
43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
106 (48) 117 (53) 155 (70) 164 (74) 185 (84) 119 (54) 142 (64) 168 (76) 189 (86) 205 (93) 148 (67) 197 (89) 216 (98) 236 (107)
Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack) Stationary Platform Base (for 22”D rack) Stationary Platform Base (for 27”D rack) Stationary Platform Base (for 32”D rack) Shallow Stationary Platform Base (for 22”D rack) Shallow Stationary Platform Base (for 27”D rack) Mobile Base (for 27”D rack) Mobile Base (for 32”D rack) Shallow Mobile Base (for 22”D rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 21U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 24U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack)
L2150-36 L2150-42 L2150-61 L2150-70 L2150-77 L2150-36P L2150-42P L2150-61P L2150-70P L2150-77P L2150-36PF L2150-42PF L2150-61PF L2150-70PF L2150-77PF PB222 PB227 PB232 PBS222 PBS227 MB227 MB232 MBS222 L212-36 L212-42 L212-61 L212-70 L212-77
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14) 21 (10) 25 (11) 28 (13) 18 (8) 23 (10) 29 (13) 32 (15) 25 (11) 12 (5.5) 14 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 20 (9)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
07
LER-F series: Lowell Enclosed Racks with Fixed-rails provide an economical solution for applications that won’t need to reposition front mounting rails. Racks have welded sides and a rear door—all vented top and bottom. Optional front door can be ordered separately. All-welded construction from 100% certified U.S. steel. Beveled edges on four corners. Mar-resistant, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. UL-Listed. Features: Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail mounting width: 19" EIA. (483mm). Top Panels: two 16-gauge steel panels (either 3U & 4U or 3U & 7U, depending on rack depth) create a flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management. Recessed Rear Door: vented top and bottom for passive heat dissipation. Lock and key set. Fixed Mounting Rails: are mounted in a fixed-position at front of rack. Rails feature a printed scale to facilitate equipment installation. Dual-hole pattern features 10-32 tapped holes that can be field-reversed to support cage nuts mounted in square holes using 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws. Rear Mount Capability: racks will accept rear rails (RRDseries) mounted in a fixed position at rear of rack, as well as power or wire management accessories. Order separately. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5" knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access; rack will accept (optional) platform base, leg levelers or anchors. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50). OPTIONS:
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Closure panels are included as standard equipment.
Front mounting rails can be fieldreversed to access square-punched holes for alternate hardware needs.
LER-F-4422
RACK:
Removable knockout panels above and below rear door.
Front Door (LFD-series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.4mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door: see Rack Options section for dual-door frame. Platform Base: 14-gauge steel base options: Stationary Base (LSB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Does not increase rack height. Shallow Stationary Base (LSSB-series): for shallow (22"/27" depth) racks. Base mounts inside rack frame creating a subfloor that’s 2.25" below bottom of rack space. Does not increase rack height. Mobile Base (LMB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 1.25" to rack height. 3" swivel casters (350 lb. load capacity ea.). Shallow Mobile Base (LMSB-series): cart mounts under rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 4.08" to rack height. 3" swivel casters—2 locking (350 lb. load capacity each). Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): mounting rails with dual-hole pattern (tapped 10-32 on 1 side, square-punched 12-24, 10-32, and 6mm on alternate side) can be mounted in rear of LER-F series racks. Sold in pairs. Includes mounting hardware.
Optional front door is available in solid steel, fully-vented steel, or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
LSB
LSSB
LMSB
LMB
Open Back (-LRD suffix): to order a rack without a rear door, use the “LRD” (less rear door) suffix in the model number. RACKWARE:®
08
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
Fan panels for active heat dissipation, can be found in the Thermal Management section.
Model No.
Description
RACKS LER-F2122 LER-F2422 LER-F3522 LER-F4022 LER-F4422 LER-F2127 LER-F2427 LER-F3527 LER-F4027 LER-F4427
Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails
RACKS LESS REAR DOOR LER-F2122-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F2422-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F3522-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F4022-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F4422-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F2127-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F2427-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F3527-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F4027-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LER-F4427-LRD Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door OPTIONS LFD-21 LFD-24 LFD-35 LFD-40 LFD-44 LFD-21P LFD-24P LFD-35P LFD-40P LFD-44P LFD-21FV LFD-24FV LFD-35FV LFD-40FV LFD-44FV LSB-22 LSB-27 LSSB-22 LSSB-27 LMB-27 LMSB-22 RRD-21 RRD-24 RRD-35 RRD-40 RRD-44
Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack) Stationary Base (for 22D rack) Stationary Base (for 27D rack) Shallow Stationary Base (for 22D rack) Shallow Stationary Base (for 27D rack) Mobile Base (for 27D rack) Mobile Shallow Base (for 22D rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 21U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 24U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack)
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686)
L260-36 L260-42 L260-61 L260-70 L260-77 L262-36 L262-42 L262-61 L262-70 L262-77
43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 (45) 110 (50) 153 (69) 172 (78) 182 (83) 110 (50) 128 (58) 162 (73) 180 (82) 195 (88)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686)
L260-36ND L260-42ND L260-61ND L260-70ND L260-77ND L262-36ND L262-42ND L262-61ND L262-70ND L262-77ND
43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 43 (1089) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 (45) 110 (50) 153 (69) 172 (78) 182 (83) 110 (50) 128 (58) 162 (73) 180 (82) 195 (88)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14) 21 (10) 25 (11) 18 (8) 23 (10) 29 (13) 25 (11) 12 (5.5) 14 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 20 (9)
L2150-36 L2150-42 L2150-61 L2150-70 L2150-77 L2150-36P L2150-42P L2150-61P L2150-70P L2150-77P L2150-36PF L2150-42PF L2150-61PF L2150-70PF L2150-77PF PB222 PB227 PBS222 PBS227 MB227 MBS222 L212-36 L212-42 L212-61 L212-70 L212-77
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lb. (kg)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
09
Ganging Racks LGR series:
OPTIONS:
Lowell Ganging Racks are designed to link together for multiplerack applications. Ganging racks feature open sides to facilitate access to wires and cable bundles. All-welded construction adds strength and durability. Load-tested to 3500 lbs. (1588 kg). Racks include plentiful, pre-drilled holes for wire looming, beveled edges on 4 corners, and a black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. UL-Listed. Features: Width: overall: 23.06" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Top: (2) 16-ga. steel panels (3U & 4U or 3U & 7U depending on rack depth) create flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management. Recessed Rear Door: vented top and bottom for passive heat dissipation, locking. Adjustable Mounting Rails: can be adjusted to mount anywhere (front-to-back) along side rail supports. Printed scale on each rail facilitates equipment installation while the dual-series hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. Pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use square holes for 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws with cage nuts. Shallow (22"D) racks include 1-pair of rails; other depths include 2-pair. Side Rail Supports: provide a platform for mounting rails to be positioned anywhere, front-to-back. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5” knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access; accepts (optional) platform base, levelers or anchors. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50).
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Panels are included as standard equipment.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports. Mounting rails can be field-reversed to access squarepunched holes for alternate hardware needs.
LGR-4432
RACK:
Removable knockout panels above and below rear door.
Side Panels (-SP suffix): 16-ga. steel panels, vented top and bottom with center hand grips. Secure with screws (provided). Black wrinkle finish. Sold in pairs. Cable Chase (LCC4-series): 4" wide raceway connects racks or rack and (optional) side panel. Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): see Rack Options. Front Door (LFD-series): surface, 16-ga. steel door extends 1" from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door: see Rack Options section for dual-door frame. Platform Base: 14-gauge steel base options: Stationary Base (LSB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Does not increase rack height. Shallow Stationary Base (LSSB-series): for shallow (22"/27") racks. Base mounts inside rack frame creating a subfloor that’s 2.25" below bottom of rack space. Does not increase rack height. Mobile Base (LMB-series): mounts inside rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 1.25" to rack height. 3" swivel casters (350 lb. load capacity ea.). Shallow Mobile Base (LMSB-series): cart mounts under rack frame flush with bottom of rack space to support heavy equipment. Adds 4.08" to rack height. 3" swivel casters—2 locking (350 lb. load capacity each).
LFD-series front door is available in solid steel, fully-vented steel, or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
LMSB
LMB
LSB
Open Back (-LRD suffix): to order a rack without a rear door, select the “LRD” (less rear door) suffix in the model number. RACKWARE:®
10
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
LCC4
LSSB Optional vented side panels with center hand-grips.
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
RACKS Ganging Rack 35 LGR-3522 LGR-4022 Ganging Rack 40 LGR-4422 Ganging Rack 44 LGR-2427 Ganging Rack 24 LGR-3527 Ganging Rack 35 LGR-4027 Ganging Rack 40 LGR-4427 Ganging Rack 44 LGR-3532 Ganging Rack 35 LGR-4032 Ganging Rack 40 LGR-4432 Ganging Rack 44 LGR-4036 Ganging Rack 40 LGR-4436 Ganging Rack 44 RACKS LESS REAR DOOR LGR-3522-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 35 LGR-4022-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 40 LGR-4422-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 44 LGR-2427-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 24 LGR-3527-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 35 LGR-4027-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 40 LGR-4427-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 44 LGR-3532-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 35 LGR-4032-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 40 LGR-4432-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 44 LGR-4036-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 40 LGR-4436-LRD Ganging Rack Less Rear Door 44 OPTIONS LFD-24 Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35 Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40 Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44 Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-24P Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35P Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40P Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44P Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-24FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack) LGR-2427-SP Side Panels (for LGR-2427) LGR-3522-SP Side Panels (for LGR-3522) LGR-3527-SP Side Panels (for LGR-3527) LGR-3532-SP Side Panels (for LGR-3532) LGR-4022-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4022) LGR-4027-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4027) LGR-4032-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4032) LGR-4036-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4036) LGR-4422-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4422) LGR-4427-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4427) LGR-4432-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4432) LGR-4436-SP Side Panels (for LGR-4436) LCC4-4422 Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 22D rack) LCC4-4427 Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 27D rack) LCC4-4432 Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 32D rack) LCC4-4436 Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 36D rack) LSB-22 Stationary Base (for 22D rack) LSB-27 Stationary Base (for 27D rack) LSB-32 Stationary Base (for 32D rack) LSB-36 Stationary Base (for 36D rack) LSSB-22 Shallow Stationary Base (for 22D rack) LSSB-27 Shallow Stationary Base (for 27D rack) LMB-27 Mobile Base (for 27D rack) LMB-32 Mobile Base (for 32D rack) LMB-36 Mobile Base (for 36D rack) LMSB-22 Mobile Shallow Base (for 22D rack)
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 36 (914) 36 (914)
L275-61 L275-70 L275-77 L277-42 L277-61 L277-70 L277-77 L278-61 L278-70 L278-77 L279-70 L279-77
67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745) 33 (847) 33 (847)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
127 (58) 137 (62) 150 (68) 140 (64) 149 (68) 161 (73) 181 (82) 165 (75) 176 (80) 188 (85) 176 (80) 198 (90)
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 36 (914) 36 (914)
L275-61ND L275-70ND L275-77ND L277-42ND L277-61ND L277-70ND L277-77ND L278-61ND L278-70ND L278-77ND L279-70ND L279-77ND
67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 48 (1222) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 67 (1711) 76 (1934) 83 (2111) 76 (1934) 83 (2111)
19 (491) 19 (491) 19 (491) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 24 (618) 29 (745) 29 (745) 29 (745) 33 (847) 33 (847)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
127 (58) 137 (62) 150 (68) 140 (64) 149 (68) 161 (73) 181 (82) 165 (75) 176 (80) 188 (85) 176 (80) 198 (90)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14) 73 (33) 63 (29) 78 (35) 90 (41) 55 (25) 87 (39) 100 (45) 114 (52) 77 (35) 96 (43) 108 (49) 122 (55) 21 (10) 22 (10) 23 (10) 24 (11) 21 (10) 25 (10) 28 (13) 35 (16) 18 (8) 23 (10) 29 (13) 32 (15) 39 (18) 25 (11)
L2150-42 L2150-61 L2150-70 L2150-77 L2150-42P L2150-61P L2150-70P L2150-77P L2150-42PF L2150-61PF L2150-70PF L2150-77PF L277-42SP L275-61SP L277-61SP L278-61SP L275-70SP L277-70SP L278-70SP L279-70SP L275-77SP L277-77SP L278-77SP L279-77SP L275-77CR L277-77CR L278-77CR L279-77CR PB222 PB227 PB232 PB236 PBS222 PBS227 MB227 MB232 MB236 MBS222
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
11
Network Racks LRR-series: RACK:
Lowell Relay Racks are designed to house voice/data cables in commercial sound, broadcast and telecommunication applications where full access to electronics is required. Vertical channels are 3" wide and formed from 11-ga. steel. Channels include mounting holes (tapped 10-32) on EIA mounting centers. Base and top angle supports are made from 2-piece aluminum construction. Base features 4 pre-drilled holes to secure the rack to the floor, when needed for code-compliance. Black powder epoxy finish. Ships unassembled. Features:
LRR racks ship unassembled (assembly hardware is included). Cable management rods and panels are sold separately.
Width: overall width: 20.25" (514.35mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm) Base Depth: 15" (381mm) Hardware: assembly and panel mounting hardware. RACKWARE:®
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
Model No.
Description
LRR-3815 LRR-4515
Relay Rack Relay Rack
Ships via
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
38 45
15 (381) 15 (381)
L280-63 L280-78
72 (1829) 84 (2134)
1 1
40 (18) 44 (20)
Laminated Racks LLR-series: RACK:
Lowell Laminated Racks feature a black, wood-laminate exterior that presents a boardroom quality, furniture-grade appearance. Phillipshead cams and dowels install from the inside and include a black cover so there’s no visible hardware on the exterior of the rack. Steel mounting rails (11 ga.) are pre-installed in front panel space. Rails feature a printed scale to simplify equipment setup. Sides, top and bottom are made from sturdy wood composite (0.62"/15.87mm). Cathedral black, woodgrain finish. Unassembled. Features: Width: overall width: 20.35" (517mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm)
Depth: overall depth: 18" (457mm), usable depth: 17.5" (444.5mm) Fixed Mounting Rails: 11-gauge steel, tapped 10-32, 1-pair Assembly Hardware: Phillips-head cams, dowels and caps install without special tools.
Laminated black wood finish provides an attractive, boardroom-quality finish.
Panel Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers. OPTIONS:
Additional Mounting Rails (LLR-RRT series): extra mounting rails for the LLR-series provide additional support for rackmounted equipment. Rails (tapped 10-32) mount to pre-drilled holes in panels. Sold in pairs; includes screws. Model No.
RACKS LLR-1018-B LLR-1218-B LLR-1618-B LLR-2118-B OPTIONS LLR-RRT-10 LLR-RRT-12 LLR-RRT-16 LLR-RRT-21
12
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Laminated Rack, Black Laminated Rack, Black Laminated Rack, Black Laminated Rack, Black
10 12 16 21
18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457)
LR1018-B LR1218-B LR1618-B LR2118-B
LLR Rack Rails (Thin-flange) LLR Rack Rails (Thin-flange) LLR Rack Rails (Thin-flange) LLR Rack Rails (Thin-flange)
10 12 16 21
Description
LR-RRK10 LR-RRK12 LR-RRK16 LR-RRK21
Additional mounting rails provide extra support for rackmounted equipment.
Overall H in. (mm)
18.9 (480.06) 22.4 (568.96) 29.4 (746.76) 38.15 (969.01)
Carton Pack
Racks ship via
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
36 (16) 38 (17) 46 (21) 52 (24)
1 1 1 1
3 (1.5) 4 (2) 5 (2.5) 6 (3)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
RACK II:
SEISMIC-CERTIFIED RACKS SEISMIC-CERTIFICATION: Seismic-certification for floor racks falls into two basic categories: CATEGORY 1:
ANCHORAGE: provisions that meet life safety requirements for protecting building occupants from the danger of racks falling over or obstructing egress routes during a seismic event. This certification is required by the California Building Code (CBC) and International Building Code (IBC) for installations in moderate to high seismic regions. It’s also required by the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development for California (OSHPD).
CATEGORY 2:
ANCHORAGE & RACK: structure provisions that meet life safety requirements (listed above) plus those for “Essential Facilities” where the survival and operability of critical equipment, following a seismic event, is required. This more stringent certification (ANCHORAGE & RACK) is required by the IBC for installations in moderate and high seismic regions that are deemed “Essential” or as “Designated Seismic Systems” and have an Importance Factor of 1.5 (including medical, fire, police, telecommunications and other critical public, private, government and institutional facilities). IBC QUALIFIER BRACE: depending on the seismic region, some rack installations require IBC Qualifier Braces, in addition to anchoring, to meet ANCHORAGE & RACK qualification. The requirement for braces is based on the project site spectral acceleration (Ss) and the installed location in the building (lower, middle or upper third) for each specific rack model. The spectral acceleration, Ss, is specified in the building structural design drawings or geotechnical report. IBC Qualifier Braces are specially fabricated panels that are factory-installed to certified hardware/torque specifications in designated locations on the front and rear mounting rails. Braces and mounting rails must remain in factory-installed locations (mounting rails in full-front and full-rear positions) to maintain IBC Qualification.
LOWELL RACKS: Lowell seismic-certified racks have undergone rigorous analysis to receive Professional Engineer (P.E.) Certification for ANCHORAGE and ANCHORAGE & RACK structures, per the IBC (1613.1/ASCE/SEI-7-05 section 13.2.1 1621 for racks installed in buildings with an Importance Factor of 1.5 essential or an Importance Factor of 1.0 non-essential). Each seismic-certified rack includes a P.E.-Certified Installation Document Package that provides information on how to install the rack for code compliance. Rack models with IBC Qualification for ANCHORAGE & RACK structure (LSGR and LSER-series with adjustable rails) include a P.E.-Certified Document Package for IBC ANCHORAGE & RACK QUALIFICATION – ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. The documentation is P.E.-Certified to meet IBC 2009 requirements and satisfies technical, seismic and quality assurance requirements of the IBC for essential and non-essential facilities with an Importance Factor of 1.5 and spectral acceleration up to 3.0 g's. The documentation package may preclude the necessity of having a structural engineer perform additional seismic calculations for each rack location or generate additional quality assurance documentation (such as seismic calculations, installation drawings, or a quality assurance plan for special inspections) required by the building official or Authority Having Jurisdiction. Documentation packages are available, free of charge, to evaluate or submit to applicable authorities for final approval.
LSGR
LSER
LSER-F
Seismic-certified racks include P.E.-Certified documentaion.
Some applications require IBC Qualifier Braces (available in 1, 2 or 4-pair). Braces are ordered separately & must be factory-installed.
RACK SELECTION: 1. Identify rack style, height and depth needed. 2. Determine applicable building code and certification needed (nonessential Ip=1.0 “ANCHORAGE” or essential Ip=1.5 “ANCHORAGE & RACK”) typically found in the building structural design drawings and geotechnical report. 3. If ANCHORAGE only is required, any Lowell seismic-certified rack (LSGR, LSER or LSER-F series) can be used, provided that it’s installed according to the instructions in the P.E.-Certified anchorage installation manual included with each rack. 4. If ANCHORAGE & RACK qualification (per IBC) is required, LSGR or LSER racks with adjustable rails shall be specified. (LSER-F racks have fixed rails and are not recommended for this classification.) In addition, IBC Qualifier Braces may also be required for essential and non-essential facility installations where the rack has an Importance Factor (Ip) of 1.5, depending on the seismic region. To determine if an IBC Qualifier Brace is part of the qualifying package, refer to the Seismic Technical Summary available online (LowellMfg.com), where seismic-qualified racks are shown with their associated Spectral Acceleration (Ss) ratings based on installed building location (lower, middle, upper third). If the required Spectral Acceleration is higher than that shown for the rack only, select a rack with the appropriate IBC Qualifier Brace (EQQ extension) to meet the requirements. Note: optional platform bases are not for use with seismic-rated racks. Seismic-certified racks use special, thin, knockout panels for anchoring clearance. Standard knockout panels do not fit.
1-pair 2-pair 4-pair Positioning for factory-installed IBC qualifier braces.
IBC (anchorage only)
• Site spectral acceleration (Ss) • Verify site soil class is A, B, C, or D • Importance Factor, Ip (1.0)
IBC / CBC / OSHPD (anchorage AND cabinet essential facilities)
• Site spectral acceleration (Ss) • Verify site soil class is A, B, C, or D • Importance Factor, Ip (1.5) • Location in building (1/3h, 2/3h, roof & below)
13
Seismic-Certified Enclosed Racks LSER-series: RACK:
For ANCHORAGE or ANCHORAGE & RACK qualification. Essential Facility installations may require the IBC Qualifier Brace option. Lowell Seismic-certified Enclosed Racks feature adjustable rails, permanent (fixed) sides and a rear door—all vented top and bottom. Optional front door can be ordered separately. Features all-welded construction from 100% certified U.S. steel. UL-Listed for loads up to 3150 lbs (1429 kg); seismically qualified up to 1200 lbs., dependent upon model. Beveled edges on four corners. Mar-resistant, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features:
Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm). rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Top Closure Panels: (2) 16-gauge steel panels (either 3U & 4U or 3U & 7U, depending on rack depth) create a flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management.
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Closure panels are included as standard equipment. Side rail supports allow mounting rails to be repositioned anywhere, front-to-back.
Recessed Rear Door: vented top and bottom for passive heat dissipation. Lock and key.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports. Mounting rails can be fieldreversed to access square-punched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Adjustable Mounting Rails: can be adjusted to mount anywhere (front-to-back) along side rail supports. Printed scale on rails facilitates equipment installation while the dual-series hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. The pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use square holes for 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws with cage nuts. Twopair of mounting rails are included with 32" depth racks; shallower racks include 1-pair of rails. Side Rail Supports: provide a platform for mounting rails to be repositioned anywhere, front-to-back. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5" knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options.
Removable “thin” knockout panels above and below rear door.
Reinforced base with corner weldments feature holes for anchors (not included).
22 in.D models = 20.125 in. 27 in.D models = 25.125 in. 32 in.D models = 30.125 in. 36 in.D models = 34.125 in.
Front Door (LFD-series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.4mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door: see Rack Options for dual-door frame.
Rear
OPTIONS:
Front
Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50).
Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): rack rails with dualhole pattern (tapped 10-32 on 1 side, square-punched 12-24, 1032, and 6mm on alternate side) for middle-depth or rear of rack. Sold in pairs. Includes mounting hardware. Open Back (-LRD suffix): rack can be ordered without a rear door, use the “LRD” suffix in the model number. IBC Qualifier Brace (-EQQ suffix): must be factory installed. Available in 1, 2 or 4 pair. RACKWARE:®
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
1-pair
2-pair
4-pair
Some applications require the IBC Qualifier Brace option. Braces must be factory-installed.
14
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Carton Pack
RACKS LSER-2122* LSER-2422* LSER-3522* LSER-4022* LSER-4422* LSER-2127* LSER-2427* LSER-3527* LSER-4027* LSER-4427* LSER-3532 LSER-4032 LSER-4432
Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813)
L265-36-S L265-42-S L265-61-S L265-70-S L265-77-S L267-36-S L267-42-S L267-61-S L267-70-S L267-77-S L268-61-S L268-70-S L268-77-S
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
121 (55) 122 (55) 160 (73) 180 (82) 221 (100) 124 (56) 147 (67) 173 (78) 194 (88) 210 (95) 220 (100) 225 (102) 250 (113)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
121 (55) 122 (55) 160 (73) 180 (82) 221 (100) 124 (56) 147 (67) 173 (78) 194 (88) 210 (95) 220 (100) 225 (102) 250 (113)
RACKS LESS REAR DOOR Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-2122-LRD* LSER-2422-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-3522-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4022-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4422-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-2127-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-2427-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-3527-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4027-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4427-LRD* Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-3532-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4032-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door LSER-4432-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Less Rear Door OPTIONS RRD-24 RRD-35 RRD-40 RRD-44 LFD-21 LFD-24 LFD-35 LFD-40 LFD-44 LFD-21P LFD-24P LFD-35P LFD-40P LFD-44P LFD-21FV LFD-24FV LFD-35FV LFD-40FV LFD-44FV
Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 24U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack) Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack)
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
L212-42 1-pr L212-61 1-pr L212-70 1-pr L212-77 1-pr L2150-36 1 L2150-42 1 L2150-61 1 L2150-70 1 L2150-77 1 L2150-36P 1 L2150-42P 1 L2150-61P 1 L2150-70P 1 L2150-77P 1 L2150-36PF 1 L2150-42PF 1 L2150-61PF 1 L2150-70PF 1 L2150-77PF 1
14 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 20 (9) 19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14)
IBC QUALIFIER BRACE OPTION: the IBC Qualifier Brace must be factory-installed. To order a rack with this option, add the EQQ extension below to the rack model number above (ex. LSER-3522-EQQ1 or LSER-3522-LRD-EQQ4). EQQ1* EQQ2* EQQ4*
IBC-Qualifier Brace (1 front, 1 rear) IBC-Qualifier Brace (2 front, 2 rear) IBC-Qualifier Brace (4 front, 4 rear)
1 2 4
(installed) (installed) (installed)
*Note: If the IBC Qualifier Brace option is specified for a rack that normally includes only 1-pair of mounting rails, the factory will automatically install a second pair of mounting rails in the rear of the rack to support the brace and add a charge for the second set of rails (RRD-series). In this case, DO NOT order additional mounting rails unless a third set is desired.
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
15
LSER-F series: RACK:
For ANCHORAGE only qualification. Lowell Seismic-certified Enclosed Racks with Fixed-rails provide an economical option for applications that won’t require front mounting rails to be repositioned and are classified as non-essential, Importance Factor of 1.0. Fixed rail racks are seismically qualified for loads up to 1500 lbs. Racks include sides and a rear door—all vented top and bottom. Optional front door can be ordered separately. Features all-welded construction from 100% certified U.S. steel. Beveled edges on four corners. Mar-resistant, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm).
Top Closure Panels: (2) 16-gauge steel panels (either 3U & 4U or 3U & 7U, depending on rack depth) create a flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management. Recessed Rear Door: vented top and bottom for passive heat dissipation. Lock and key.
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Closure panels are included as standard equipment.
Fixed mounting rails stay positioned in front of rack. They can be field-reversed to access squarepunched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Fixed Mounting Rails: are mounted in a fixed-position at front of rack. Rails feature a printed scale to facilitate equipment installation. Dual-hole pattern features 10-32 tapped holes that can be field-reversed to support cage nuts mounted in square holes using 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws. Rear Mount Capability: racks will accept rear rails (RRDseries) mounted in a fixed position at rear of rack, as well as power or wire management accessories. Order separately. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5" knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options.
Removable “thin” knockout panels above and below rear door.
Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): mounting rails with dual-hole pattern (tapped 10-32 on 1 side, square-punched 12-24, 10-32, and 6mm on alternate side) can be mounted in rear of LSER-F series racks. Sold in pairs. Includes mounting hardware. Open Back (-LRD suffix): rack can be ordered without a rear door, select the “LRD” suffix in the model number. RACKWARE:®
22 in.D models = 20.125 in. 27 in.D models = 25.125 in. 32 in.D models = 30.125 in. 36 in.D models = 34.125 in.
Front Door (LFD-series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.4mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door: see Rack Options section for dual-door frame.
Rear
OPTIONS:
Front
Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50).
Reinforced base with corner weldments feature holes for anchors (not included).
RACKWARE® accessories (like fan panels for active heat dissipation) can be found in the accessories section.
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
Optional surface front door is available in solid steel, fully-vented steel, or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
16
Model No.
RACKS LSER-F2122 LSER-F2422 LSER-F3522 LSER-F4022 LSER-F4422 LSER-F2127 LSER-F2427 LSER-F3527 LSER-F4027 LSER-F4427
Description
Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails
RACKS LESS REAR DOOR LSER-F2122-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F2422-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F3522-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F4022-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F4422-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F2127-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F2427-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F3527-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F4027-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door LSER-F4427-LRD Seismic-certified Enclosed Rack Fixed-rails Less Rear Door OPTIONS LFD-21 Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24 Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35 Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40 Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44 Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-21P Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24P Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35P Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40P Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44P Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-21FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack) RRD-21 Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 21U rack) RRD-24 Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 24U rack) RRD-35 Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) RRD-40 Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) RRD-44 Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack)
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686)
21 24 35 40 44 21 24 35 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686)
Former No.
L260-36-S L260-42-S L260-61-S L260-70-S L260-77-S L262-36-S L262-42-S L262-61-S L262-70-S L262-77-S
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
105 (48) 115 (52) 158 (72) 177 (80) 189 (86) 115 (52) 132 (60) 167 (76) 185 (84) 200 (91)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
105 (48) 115 (52) 158 (72) 177 (80) 189 (86) 115 (52) 132 (60) 167 (76) 185 (84) 200 (91)
L2150-36 1 L2150-42 1 L2150-61 1 L2150-70 1 L2150-77 1 L2150-36P 1 L2150-42P 1 L2150-61P 1 L2150-70P 1 L2150-77P 1 L2150-36PF 1 L2150-42PF 1 L2150-61PF 1 L2150-70PF 1 L2150-77PF 1 L212-36 1-pr L212-42 1-pr L212-61 1-pr L212-70 1-pr L212-77 1-pr
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14) 12 (5.5) 14 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 20 (9)
17
Seismic-Certified Ganging Racks LSGR series: RACK:
For ANCHORAGE or ANCHORAGE & RACK qualification. Essential Facility installations may require the IBC Qualifier Brace option. Lowell Seismic-certified Ganging Racks are designed to be linked together for multiple-rack applications. They feature open sides to facilitate access to wire and cable bundles and all-welded construction for strength and durability. Load-tested to 3500 lbs. (1588 kg); seismically qualified up to 1200 lbs. dependent upon model. Racks include plentiful, pre-drilled holes for wire looming, beveled edges on 4 corners, and a black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Top Closure Panels: two 16-gauge steel panels (3U & 4U or 3U & 7U depending on rack depth) create flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management (order separately).
Two 16-ga. steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of rack. Panels are included as standard equipment.
Recessed Rear Door: vented top and bottom for passive heat dissipation, locking.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports. Mounting rails can be field-reversed to access squarepunched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Adjustable Mounting Rails: can be adjusted to mount anywhere (front-to-back) along side rail supports. Printed scale on each rail facilitates equipment installation while the dualseries hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. The pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use square holes for 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws with cage nuts. Shallow (22"D) models include 1-pair of rails; other depths include 2-pair. Side Rail Supports: provide a platform for mounting rails to be positioned anywhere, front-to-back. Cable Management Features: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; 0.5" knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Bottom: open design includes grounding lug for cable access. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers (25-50).
22 in.D models = 20.125 in. 27 in.D models = 25.125 in. 32 in.D models = 30.125 in. 36 in.D models = 34.125 in.
Front
Front Door (LFD-series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.4mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution. Dual-door Frame: see Rack Options.
Rear
OPTIONS:
Removable “thin” knockout panels above and below rear door.
Reinforced base with corner weldments feature holes for anchors (not included).
Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): mounting rails with dual-hole pattern (tapped 10-32 on 1 side, square-punched 12-24, 10-32, and 6mm on alternate side). Sold in pairs. Includes mounting hardware. Side Panels (-SP suffix): 16-gauge steel, vented top and bottom. Center grips. Secure with screws (provided). Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish.
Some applications require the IBC Qualifier Brace option. Braces must be factory-installed.
Open Back (-LRD suffix): rack can also be ordered without a rear door—use the “LRD” extension in the model number. IBC Qualifier Brace (-EQQ suffix): must be factory installed. Available in 1, 2 or 4 pair. RACKWARE:®
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
1-pair
18
2-pair
4-pair
Model No.
Description
RACKS LSGR-3522* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4022* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4422* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-2427 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-3527 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4027 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4427 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-3532 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4032 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4432 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Seismic-certified Ganging Rack LSGR-4036 LSGR-4436 Seismic-certified Ganging Rack RACKS LESS REAR DOOR LSGR-3522-LRD* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4022-LRD* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4422-LRD* Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-2427-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-3527-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4027-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4427-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-3532-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4032-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4432-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4036-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door LSGR-4436-LRD Seismic-certified Ganging Rack Less Rear Door OPTIONS LGR-3522-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-3522) LGR-3527-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-3527) LGR-3532-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-3532) LGR-4022-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4022) LGR-4027-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4027) LGR-4032-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4032) LGR-4036-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4036) LGR-4422-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4422) LGR-4427-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4427) LGR-4432-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4432) LGR-4436-SP Side Panels (for LSGR-4436) LFD-21 Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24 Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35 Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40 Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44 Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-21P Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24P Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35P Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40P Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44P Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) LFD-21FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 21U rack) LFD-24FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 24U rack) LFD-35FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 35U rack) LFD-40FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 40U rack) LFD-44FV Fully-Vented Front Door (for 44U rack) RRD-35 Mounting Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) RRD-40 Mounting Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) RRD-44 Mounting Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack)
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
35 40 44 24 35 40 44 35 40 44 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 36 (914) 36 (914)
L275-61-S L275-70-S L275-77-S L277-42-S L277-61-S L277-70-S L277-77-S L278-61-S L278-70-S L278-77-S L279-70-S L279-77-S
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
160 (73) 147 (67) 181 (82) 145 (66) 165 (75) 176 (80) 186 (84) 170 (77) 181 (82) 191 (87) 185 (84) 205 (93)
35 40 44 24 35 40 44 35 40 44 40 44
22 (559) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 27 (686) 32 (813) 32 (813) 32 (813) 36 (914) 36 (914)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
160 (73) 147 (67) 181 (82) 145 (66) 165 (75) 176 (80) 186 (84) 170 (77) 181 (82) 191 (87) 185 (84) 205 (93)
1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
63 (29) 78 (35) 90 (41) 55 (25) 87 (39) 100 (45) 114 (52) 77 (35) 96 (43) 108 (49) 122 (55) 19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 44 (19) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14) 15 (7) 17 (8) 20 (9)
L275-61SP L277-61SP L278-61SP L275-70SP L277-70SP L278-70SP L279-70SP L275-77SP L277-77SP L278-77SP L279-77SP L2150-36 L2150-42 L2150-61 L2150-70 L2150-77 L2150-36P L2150-42P L2150-61P L2150-70P L2150-77P L2150-36PF L2150-42PF L2150-61PF L2150-70PF L2150-77PF L212-61 L212-70 L212-77
IBC QUALIFIER BRACE OPTION:
The IBC Qualifier Brace must be factory-installed. To order a rack with this option, add the EQQ extension below to the rack model number above (ex. LSGR-3522-EQQ1 or LSGR-3522-LRD-EQQ4).
EQQ1* EQQ2* EQQ4*
IBC-Qualifier Brace (1 front, 1 rear) IBC-Qualifier Brace (2 front, 2 rear) IBC-Qualifier Brace (4 front, 4 rear)
1 2 4
(installed) (installed) (installed)
*Note: If the IBC Qualifier Brace option is specified for a rack that normally includes only 1-pair of mounting rails, the factory will automatically install a second pair of mounting rails in the rear of the rack to support the brace, and add a charge for the second set of rails (RRD-series listed above). In this case, DO NOT order additional mounting rails unless a third set is desired. Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
19
RACK III:
VARI-RACK® Adjustable Depth LVR-series: RACK:
OPTIONS:
Lowell’s Vari-Rack® has a thin frame and variable depth that’s selected during installation, making it ideal for both free-standing and built-in applications such as inside custom cabinetry or credenzas, under counters or beneath desks. With a load capacity of 400 lbs., the Vari-Rack is especially suited for solid electronics support. Two basic models (14"-21"D and 21"-28"D) in assorted heights accommodate a wide variety of applications. For even greater flexibility, the corner post mounting rails can be field-cut for a custom fit (rails feature printed cut-marks to assist accurate cutting). When set to maximum-depth, exposed areas in top and base will accept (optional) fan panels. Black powder epoxy finish. Packaged and shipped unassembled (2 cartons). Features: Width: overall width: 19.21" (488mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Corner Post Mounting Rails: 2-pair (tapped 10-32), 11-ga. steel. Interchangeable rails feature a scale printed in both directions to aid equipment installation. Side Support Brackets: 1-pair included with taller racks (30U or taller) Assembly Hardware: 5/16-18 hex nuts, 10-32 x 1/2 flathead screws. Knockout Panel: for cable management (top rear). Mounting Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers. Front Door (LVR-FD series): 1.38" (35mm) from frame, includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable, 180˚ swing. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
Top knockout panel for cable management. Ships via
Base features position for additional knockout panel (order separately).
Taller models include side support brackets.
Base and top feature pinning frame and scale with clearly marked inches, millimeters & rack unit increments.
LVR-FD series. Front door includes lock & key set. Available in solid steel or steel with Plexiglas insert.
Rear Access Cover (LVR-RAC series): vented for passive heat dissipation. Lock and key set. Optional fan panels can be mounted for active ventilation (order separately). Side Panels (-SP suffix): extend 1" beyond rack depth (0.5" front, 0.5" rear). Black wrinkle finish. 22"D panels fit specified sizes in model series 14"-21"D or 21"-28"D. 26"D side panels fit specified sizes in model series 21"-28"D only. Additional Mounting Rails (LVR-RRT series): 1-pair of 10-32 thin-flange mounting rails, adj. side support brackets and hardware.
LVR-RAC series rear access cover.
Protective Runner Kit (PRK): plastic glides provide protection for wood surfaces when LVR-series racks are installed inside cabinets. Cable Chase (LVR44-series): 3" wide raceway for wire or cable management. Two options fit LVR 44U rack set at 21"D or 26"D.
LVR-MB series base.
Mobile Base (LVR-MB21 or LVR-MB26):** 14-ga. steel skirted design hides (4) 3" swivel-casters while adding stability to mobile unit. Increases overall rack height by 4.25". Available for racks set to 21"D or 26"D. Unassembled.
LVR-C3S: caster set (2-pair swivel).
Casters (LVR-C3S or LVR-C3SL):** provide mobility when mounted to rack base. Available in swivel or swivel/locking sets. DISTRIBUTORS: Special packaged sets for stocking:
LVR-C3SL: caster set (1-pair swivel & 1-pair swivel-locking).
Top & Base Set (–TB suffix): includes 1 top and 1 base (no rails). Combine with Rack Rail Set below to build 1 rack. Rack Rail Set (LVR-RRTC series): includes 2-pair of corner-post mounting rails and rack assembly hardware. Combine with Top & Base Set above to build 1 rack. LVR-44-series.
**Note: use caution when loading equipment or moving racks on a mobile base or casters to avoid tip-over.
20
PRK protective runner kit.
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
RACKS: LVR-8-1421 Vari-Rack 8 14-21 (356-533) LVR-14-1421 Vari-Rack 14 14-21 (356-533) LVR-22-1421 Vari-Rack 22 14-21 (356-533) LVR-30-1421 Vari-Rack 30 14-21 (356-533) LVR-38-1421 Vari-Rack 38 14-21 (356-533) Vari-Rack 44 14-21 (356-533) LVR-44-1421 LVR-8-2128 Vari-Rack 8 21-28 (533-711) LVR-14-2128 Vari-Rack 14 21-28 (533-711) LVR-22-2128 Vari-Rack 22 21-28 (533-711) LVR-30-2128 Vari-Rack 30 21-28 (533-711) LVR-38-2128 Vari-Rack 38 21-28 (533-711) LVR-44-2128 Vari-Rack 44 21-28 (533-711) OPTIONS: Former No. LVR-FD-8 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR8-series) LVR-FD-14 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR14-series) LVR-FD-22 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR22-series) LVR-FD-30 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR30-series) LVR-FD-38 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR38-series) LVR-FD-44 Vari-Rack Front Door (solid, for LVR44-series) LVR-FD-8P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR8-series) LVR-FD-14P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR14-series) LVR-FD-22P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR22-series) LVR-FD-30P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR30-series) LVR-FD-38P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR38-series) LVR-FD-44P Vari-Rack Front Door (Plexiglas, for LVR44-series) LVR-8-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR8-series set to 21”D) LVR-14-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR14-series set to 21”D) LVR-22-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR22-series set to 21”D) LVR-30-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR30-series set to 21”D) LVR-38-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR38-series set to 21”D) LVR-44-21SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR44-series set to 21”D) LVR-8-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR8-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-14-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR14-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-22-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR22-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-30-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR30-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-38-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR38-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-44-26SP Vari-Rack Side Panels (for LVR44-2128 set to 26.25”D) LVR-RAC8V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR8-series) LVR-RAC14V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR14-series) LVR-RAC22V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR22-series) LVR-RAC30V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR30-series) LVR-RAC38V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR38-series) LVR-RAC44V Vari-Rack Rear Access Cover (for LVR44-series) LVR-RRT10 Additional Rack Rails (for 10U rack) LVR-RRK10 LVR-RRT16 Additional Rack Rails (for 16U rack) LVR-RRK16 LVR-RRT24 Additional Rack Rails (for 24U rack) LVR-RRK24 LVR-RRT32 Additional Rack Rails (for 32U rack) LVR-RRK32 LVR-RRT40 Additional Rack Rails (for 40U rack) LVR-RRK40 LVR-MB21 Vari-Rack Mobile Base (for 21"D rack) LVR-MB26 Vari-Rack Mobile Base (for 26"D rack) LVR-C3S Vari-Rack Casters (3”) Swivel LVR-C3SL Vari-Rack Casters (3”) Swivel-Locking LVR44-21-CC3 Vari-Rack Cable Chase (for 21"D rack) LVR44-26-CC3 Vari-Rack Cable Chase (for 26"D rack) PRK Protective Runner Kit SPECIAL PACKAGING FOR DISTRIBUTOR STOCKING: LVR-1421TB Vari-Rack Top & Base Set 14-21"D (no rails) LVR-2128TB Vari-Rack Top & Base Set 21-28"D (no rails) LVR-RRTC8 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 8U LVR-RRTC14 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 14U LVR-RRTC22 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 22U LVR-RRTC30 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 30U LVR-RRTC38 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 38U LVR-RRTC44 Vari-Rack Rack Rail Set (thin-flange, corner post) with rack assembly hardware 44U
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
(2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes)
30 (14) 32 (15) 36 (16) 40 (18) 42 (19) 44 (20) 45 (20) 47 (21) 51 (23) 54 (24) 57 (26) 58 (26)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1 1 2-pr 2-pr 1 1 1 set
12 (5.5) 20 (9) 33 (15) 44 (20) 56 (25) 64 (29) 10 (4.5) 17 (8) 26 (12) 36 (16) 45 (20) 52 (24) 17 (8) 28 (13) 45 (20) 61 (28) 77 (35) 89 (40) 20 (9) 35 (16) 55 (25) 75 (34) 95 (43) 110 (50) 7 (3) 12 (5.5) 19 (9) 25 (11) 32 (15) 37 (17) 7 (3) 10 (4.5) 12 (5.5) 16 (7) 20 (9) 16 (7) 22 (10) 4 (2) 5 (2.5) 22 (10) 26 (12) 3 (1.5)
1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set
28 (13) 37 (17) 5 (2.5) 9 (4) 13 (6) 18 (8) 23 (10.5) 26 (12)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
21
RACK IV:
PORTABLE RACKS Transport Racks LPR-series: RACK:
OPTIONS:
Lowell Portable Racks are ideally suited for use in schools, offices and similar locations that require mobile security for electronic equipment. Racks are closed on all sides, top and bottom and feature all-welded construction with cable lacing panels above and below rear door. Beveled corner edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. UL-Listed. Features: Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Front Door: 16-gauge steel door extends one inch from frame, includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable, 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Three styles: Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-Vented: allows passive heat distribution. Rear Door: recessed, vented, locking. Removable Knockout Panels: above and below rear door. Heavy-duty 4" Casters: 1-pr. swivel and 1-pr. swivel/locking. Mounting Rails: can be adjusted to sit anywhere (front-toback) along side rail supports. Printed scale on rails facilitates equipment installation. Dual-series hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. The pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screw/cage nut square-hole option. 1-pair. Side Grip Handles: recessed, padded. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers.
LPR-series rack shown with solid front door that has been fieldreversed to left-hinge swing.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports. Rails can be field-reversed to access square-punched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Relocatable knockout panels above & below rear door.
Graphite Grey Laminate Top (LGT-series): for a boardroomquality finish, 1" height. Laminate-covered particle board with rubber edge molding. Rounded corners. Extends 0.81" (21mm) on each side, 1.09" (28mm) in front and rear. Mounting Rails (RRD-series): additional set of mounting rails to support back of equipment.
Optional boardroomquality laminated top adds a finished look. Graphite Grey close-up.
22
Model No.
Description
RACKS LPR-1422 LPR-2122 LPR-2127 LPR-2427 LPR-1422FV LPR-2122FV LPR-2127FV LPR-2427FV LPR-1422P LPR-2122P LPR-2127P LPR-2427P
Portable Rack with solid door Portable Rack with solid door Portable Rack with solid door Portable Rack with solid door Portable Rack with fully-vented door Portable Rack with fully-vented door Portable Rack with fully-vented door Portable Rack with fully-vented door Portable Rack with Plexiglas door Portable Rack with Plexiglas door Portable Rack with Plexiglas door Portable Rack with Plexiglas door
OPTIONS LGT-22 LGT-27 RRD-14 RRD-21 RRD-24
Graphite Grey Top (for 22”D rack) Graphite Grey Top (for 27”D rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole (for 14U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole (for 21U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole (for 24U rack)
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
14 21 21 24 14 21 21 24 14 21 21 24
22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686) 22 (559) 22 (559) 27 (686) 27 (686)
14 21 24
Former No.
L258-24 L258-36 L259-36 L259-42 L258-24PF L258-36PF L259-36PF L259-42PF L258-24P L258-36P L259-36P L259-42P GT-222 GT-227 L212-24 L212-36 L212-42
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
36 (914) 48 (1219) 48 (1219) 53 (1346) 36 (914) 48 (1219) 48 (1219) 53 (1346) 36 (914) 48 (1219) 48 (1219) 53 (1346)
19 (483) 19 (483) 24 (610) 24 (610) 19 (483) 19 (483) 24 (610) 24 (610) 19 (483) 19 (483) 24 (610) 24 (610)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
120 (54) 137 (62) 152 (69) 167 (76) 109 (49) 124 (56) 149 (68) 162 (73) 115 (52) 126 (57) 152 (69) 165 (75)
1 1 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
21 (10) 25 (11) 10 (5) 12 (5) 14 (6)
Presentation Rack LPPR-2432: preconfigured RACK:
Lowell’s Portable Presentation Rack is preconfigured as a ready-touse, boardroom-quality system. The 32" (813mm) depth accommodates an assortment of electronics. Rack is closed on all sides, top and bottom, and includes a Graphite Grey laminate top. Cable lacing panels above and below rear door. All-welded construction. 100% U.S. steel. Beveled corner edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. UL-Listed. Features: Width: overall width including top: 24.69" (627mm); railmounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Plexiglas Front Door: with 16-ga. steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert extends 1" from rack, includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Graphite Grey Laminate Top: 1" height. Laminate-covered particle board with rubber edge molding. Rounded corners. Extends 0.81" (21mm) on each side, 1.09" (28mm) front and rear. Rear Door: recessed, vented, locking. Removable Knockout Panels: above and below rear door. Mobile Base: skirted base hides casters. 2-pair of 3" (76mm) swivel casters, 350 lb. load capacity each. Adjustable Mounting Rails: can be adjusted to sit anywhere (front-to-back) along side-rail supports. Printed scale facilitates equipment installation. Dual-series hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. The pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screw/cage nut square-hole option. 2-pair. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers. Casters: 3" casters (2-pair) Model No.
Description
LPPR-2432
Portable Presentation Rack
The LPPR-2432 is preconfigured as a boardroom-quality presentation system.
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
24
34 (864)
LPR-42
50 (1270)
29 (737)
1
211 (96)
Studio Racks LPSR-F series: sloped front RACK:
OPTIONS:
Lowell’s Portable Sloped-front Rack with Fixed-rails has a 15˚ sloped front for easy visibility of contents from a seated position. Rollout design is ideal for under-counter use in studio applications. Available with or without a front door. All-welded construction with beveled corners. Front cutouts above front door accept Decora switches to allow external access (order switches separately). Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: 22.19" (564mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm) Usable Depth: varies with slope (see spec sheet). Front Door: locking, stowaway design opens from top and slides into base for storage. Short Rear Door: recessed, locking. Leaves 1U opening at base for cable access. Casters: 4 twin-wheel casters for use on carpets and standard floors. 125 lbs. load capacity each. Fixed Mounting Rails: 1-pair. Hardware: PilotPoint™ screws with captive washers.
Front door stows away in base. Two front cutouts provide external access to Decorastyle switches (switches not included).
Graphite Grey Laminate Top (LGT-LPSR): Laminate-covered particle board (1"H) with black rubber edge molding. Rounded corners. Extends 0.81" (21mm) on each side, 1.09" (28mm) front and rear. Top Width: 23.75" (603mm) Model No.
Description
Rack Units
LPSR-F1226 LPSR-F1226-LFD
Portable Sloped-front Rack Rack Less Front Door
12 12
OPTIONS LGT-LPSR
Graphite Top
Overall D in. (mm)
26.5 (673) 26.5 (673) 20 (508)
Ships via
Former No.
L45-21 L45-21LD L45-GT
Overall H in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
27 (686) 27 (686)
1 1
79 (36) 75 (34)
1 (25)
1
17 (8)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm). Overall height dimensions include casters, if any.
23
RACK V:
WALL-MOUNT RACKS & SHELVES Pivoting Wall Racks LWBR-series: RACK:
OPTIONS:
24
Lowell’s Wall-mount with Base Rack combines solid support with swing-out access to cables, wires and equipment. Rack pivots 90˚ on stainless steel ball transfers for smooth weight transition. Fully-welded steel assembly includes provisions for multiple looming locations and distributed power supply. Key operated side lock. Load capacity: 500 lbs. Steel top with four knockouts (0.5"/13mm) accommodates two pair of dual-diversity wireless antennae. Spring-load mounting system allows front-to-back assembly without tools. Swing orientation is fieldchangeable. Vented side panels for passive heat dissipation. Additional 4U of rack space in base. One rack ships in 3 boxes. Features: Width: overall width: 23" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Rear Opening: 12.5" x 10" (318mm x 254mm) Adjustable Mounting Rails: can sit anywhere (front-to-back) along side support rails. Printed scale on rails facilitates equipment installation. Dual-series hole pattern supports multiple hardware preferences. The pre-set 10-32 tapped-hole option can be field-reversed to use 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screw/cage nut square-hole option. 1-pair. Hardware: PilotPoint™ 10-32 screws with washers. Front Door (LFD-series): surface steel door extends 1" from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Beveled edges, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution.
Adjustable mounting rails can be repositioned anywhere along side rail supports and field-reversed to access squarepunched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Stainless steel ball transfers provide smooth weight transition.
Optional: surface front door in solid steel, fully-vented steel, or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas® insert.
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Overall H in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
RACKS LWBR-4022 LWBR-2428 LWBR-3528 LWBR-4028 LWBR-4428 LWBR-2432 LWBR-3532 LWBR-4032
Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack Wall-Mount with Base Rack
40 24 35 40 44 24 35 40
22 (569) 28 (721) 28 (721) 28 (721) 28 (721) 32 (823) 32 (823) 32 (823)
86 (2179) 58 (1467) 77 (1957) 86 (2179) 93 (2357) 58 (1467) 77 (1957) 86 (2179)
3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes 3 boxes
143 (65) 173 (78) 177 (80) 181 (82) 184 (83) 157 (71) 174 (79) 188 (85)
OPTIONS LFD-21 LFD-24 LFD-35 LFD-40 LFD-44 LFD-21P LFD-24P LFD-35P LFD-40P LFD-44P LFD-21FV LFD-24FV LFD-35FV LFD-40FV LFD-44FV
Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) Solid Front Door (for 44U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 40U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 44U rack)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 38 (17) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 16 (7) 20 (9) 24 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14)
Swing-out Wall Racks LWR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Wall-mount Rack is a two-part, sectional rack with black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Backbox and mounting section are packaged separately. Backbox: 4.7" (119mm) deep with 10" square (254mm) opening, removable knockout panels (for conduit and wireless), lacing points, and provisions to attach board-mounted accessories. Two keyed side locks. Mounting Section: 14" or 18" (356 or 457mm) deep, 1-pair of adjustable rails with printed rack unit scale, integral rails top and bottom, 4 knockouts (0.5"/13mm) for wireless, vented sides, and panel hardware. Width: overall width: 23.06" (586mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm).
OPTIONS:
Front Door (LFD-series): 20" wide surface steel door extends 1" from frame, includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable, 180˚ swing. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-vented: allows passive heat distribution.
Smaller LWR racks (14”D up to 21U and 18”D up to 12U) ship via UPS.
Additional Mounting Rails (RRD-series): provide rear support for rack-mounted equipment. Rails are listed under Rack Options.
Model No.
RACKS LWR-719 LWR-1019 LWR-1219 LWR-1619 LWR-2119 LWR-2419 LWR-3519 LWR-723 LWR-1023 LWR-1223 LWR-1623 LWR-2123 LWR-2423 LWR-3523 OPTIONS LFD-7 LFD-10 LFD-12 LFD-16 LFD-21 LFD-24 LFD-35 LFD-7P LFD-10P LFD-12P LFD-16P LFD-21P LFD-24P LFD-35P LFD-7FV LFD-10FV LFD-12FV LFD-16FV LFD-21FV LFD-24FV LFD-35FV
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Wt. FR lb. (kg)
Carton Wt.BB lb. (kg)
Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional) Wall-Mount Rack (sectional)
7 10 12 16 21 24 35 7 10 12 16 21 24 35
19 (489) 19 (489) 19 (489) 19 (489) 19 (489) 19 (489) 19 (489) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584) 23 (584)
L250-12LD L250-17LD L250-21LD L250-28LD L250-36LD L250-42LD L250-61LD L253-12LD L253-17LD L253-21LD L253-28LD L253-36LD L253-42LD L253-61LD
18 (457) 24 (610) 27 (686) 34 (864) 43 (1092) 48 (1219) 67 (1702) 18 (457) 24 (610) 27 (686) 34 (864) 43 (1092) 48 (1219) 67 (1702)
16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 16 (406) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508) 20 (508)
52 (24) 54 (24) 60 (27) 68 (31) 81 (37) 89 (40) 109 (49) 57 (26) 63 (29) 70 (32) 81 (37) 91 (41) 98 (44) 127 (58)
24 (11) 27 (12) 29 (13) 35 (16) 43 (20) 46 (21) 60 (27) 24 (11) 27 (12) 29 (13) 35 (16) 43 (20) 46 (21) 60 (27)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt.
Solid Front Door (for 7U rack) Solid Front Door (for 10U rack) Solid Front Door (for 12U rack) Solid Front Door (for 16U rack) Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 7U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 10U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 12U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 16U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 7U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 10U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 12U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 16U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 35U rack)
L2150-12 L2150-17 L2150-21 L2150-28 L2150-36 L2150-42 L2150-61 L2150-12P L2150-17P L2150-21P L2150-28P L2150-36P L2150-42P L2150-61P L2150-12PV L2150-17PV L2150-21PV L2150-28PV L2150-36PV L2150-42PV L2150-61PV
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
12 (5) 12 (5) 14 (6) 16 (7) 19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 11 (5) 12 (5) 13 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 21 (10) 26 (12) 10 (5) 11 (5) 12 (5) 13 (6) 16 (7) 20 (9) 25 (12)
25
Stationary Wall Racks LWR-F series: RACK:
Lowell’s new Wall-mount Rack with Fixed-rails is a contemporary, economical wall rack that houses 19" wide electronics in small system installations (schools, offices, etc.). The welded 16-ga. steel rack with beveled front corners includes 1-pair of fixed mounting rails, vented sides and separate wall bracket with mounting slots and knockouts. Durable, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Overall width: 22.45", rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Load capacity for 7U and 10U models: 150 lbs., for 4U models: 100 lbs.
OPTIONS:
Additional Rack Rails (LWR-F-RRT-series): thin-flange, mounting rails provide additional support for rackmounted equipment. Rails mount to back of rack. Includes mounting hardware. Sold in pairs. May be used with rail conversion bracket. Front Door (LFD-series): front door can be added to 7U or 10U models. See LFD-series under Rack Options.
LWR-F racks feature a sturdy wall-mount bracket.
Rail Conversion Bracket (RRTMB-F): add bracket to allow adjustable mounting rails for middle-depth use. Includes hardware.
Ships via
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall H in. (mm)
Overall D in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
LWR-F-418 LWR-F-718 LWR-F-1018 OPTIONS LWR-F-RRT4 LWR-F-RRT7 LWR-F-RRT10 RRTMB-F
Wall-mount Rack (fixed rails) Wall-mount Rack (fixed rails) Wall-mount Rack (fixed rails)
4 7 10
9 (229) 14 (356) 19 (483)
18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457)
17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432)
1 1 1
33 (15) 42 (19) 51 (23)
Additional Rack Rails (for LWR-F-series) Additional Rack Rails (for LWR-F-series) Additional Rack Rails(for LWR-F-series) Rail Conversion Bracket
4 7 (178) 7 12.25 (311) 10 17.5 (444)
1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-kit
2 (1) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 6 (3)
Wall-mount Shelves WS21-17: SHELF:
The Wall Shelf is a heavy-duty, 16-gauge steel welded shelf that includes rear keyhole slots and 0.75" (19mm) conduit knockouts on top, bottom and sides. Mar-resistant, black powder epoxy finish. Features:
Keyhole slots simplify mounting.
Width: overall width: 21" (537mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm).
Ships via
Load capacity: 200 lbs. (91 kg), when properly installed.
Model No.
Description
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
WS21-17
Wall Shelf
17 (432)
L14-21
15 (381)
14 (356)
1
21 (10)
FS-series: SHELF:
The flat-ship shelf is ready-to-install as it simply folds out (no assembly required). Formed steel construction without welds allows shelf to be mounted in either direction. Mounts on 16" stud centers. Includes center opening for wire access or placement over outlets or fixtures, and pre-punched cable lacing/accessory mounting holes. Features:
FS-series shelves are designed to be installed in either direction.
Overall Width: 18" (463mm). Load capacity: 100 lbs. (45 kg).
Ships via
26
Model No.
Description
Overall D in. (mm)
Overall H in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
FS18-14 FS18-16 FS18-20
Flat-ship Shelf Flat-ship Shelf Flat-ship Shelf
14 (356) 16 (406) 20 (508)
8 (208) 8 (208) 8 (208)
1 1 1
10 (5) 11 (5) 13 (6)
Tiltout Wall Racks LWTR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Wall-mount Tiltout Racks provide secure installation for electronic equipment. Available with surface or recessed backbox. Backbox (29" x 29") for surface model (LWTR-3S) is flush with keyhole slots on 16" centers. Backbox (26" x 26") for recessed model (LWTR-3R) requires 4" depth. Both styles mount equipment 19"W x 5.25"(3U)H x 17.5"D. (482 x 133 x 445mm). Backbox and frame are packaged separately. Network grey powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: 29" (737mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Adjustable Rails: 7-position rails, tapped 10-32. Adjustable Height Hold-down Brackets: (2) to secure nonrackmount consumer gear. Knockouts: for conduit access. Keyholes: for 16" stud mounting.
Device cutouts with covers for optional accessories.
Device Cutouts: with factory installed cover plates. 4 external, 2 internal for optional installation of Decora-style devices (low voltage only, not included) .
Ships via
Integral E.O. Box: (1) single-gang box, factory mounted to bottom. Lock: key-operated lock. Hardware: PilotPoint™ 10-32 screws with washers. OPTIONS:
Thumb Latch (TLK): replaces key-lock. Model No.
Description
LWTR-3R LWTR-3S OPTIONS TLK
Wall-mount Tiltout Rack (recessed) Wall-mount Tiltout Rack (surface)
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
3 3
17.5 (445) 17.5 (445)
L87-5R L87-5S
29 (737) 29 (737)
18 (457) 18 (457)
Thumb Latch
Carton Wt. FR Carton Wt. BB lb. (kg) lb. (kg)
39 (18) 39 (18)
29 (13) 29 (13)
1 (0.5)
---
LWTCR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Wall-mount Tiltout Controlled-release Racks include oil-filled dampers for smooth operation. Top compartment with pocket door stores accessory devices or mounts (optional) 19" rack device panels on hinged mount for easy service access. Network grey. Ships in 2 cartons.
3U area behind pocket door includes hinged rail.
Surface Backbox Model (LWTCR-3S): 24.38"W x 32"H x 6"D projection (619 x 813 x 152mm). Recessed Backbox Model (LWTCR-3R): features same backbox and frame with a trim plate between to finish out the wall. Trim plate measures 27.37"W x 32"H (695 x 813mm) making the overall recessed assembly 27.37"W x 32"H x 4.25"D x 1.81" projection (695 x 813 x 108 x 46mm). Width: overall width: 24.4" (620mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm).
Removable (3U) laptop shelf.
Knockouts: for conduit access.
Single lock secures top & bottom.
Keyholes: for 16" stud mounting. Integral E.O. Box: single-gang box is factory mounted to bottom. Side Cable Raceway & Bottom Cable Area: hide wiring.
Ventilated door features integral handle.
Removable Shelf: can support a laptop computer.
Ships via
Hardware: PilotPoint™ 10-32 screws with washers. OPTIONS:
Thumb Latch (TLK): replaces key-lock. Model No.
Description
LWTCR-3R LWTCR-3S OPTIONS TLK
Wall-mount Tiltout Controlled-release Rack (recessed) Wall-mount Tiltout Controlled-release Rack (surface) Thumb Latch
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
3 3
15 (381) 15 (381)
L83-5R L83-5S
Carton Wt. FR Carton Wt. BB lb. (kg) lb. (kg)
52 (24) 52 (24)
33 (15) 37 (17)
1 (0.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
27
RACK VI:
PULL-OUT RACKS Built-in Racks LPTR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Pull & Turn Rack has an open-frame and features heavyduty slides for smooth, pull-out access to rack-mounted equipment, making this an ideal design for use inside custom cabinetry. Pushbutton lock eliminates latch binding while allowing the rack to rotate on a turntable (60˚/90˚). Rack base secures to turntable base with screws on front and rear (no wing nuts under rack). Lock-out mechanism automatically engages to keep rack in fully extended position when servicing equipment. Available in two depths. Smooth black powder epoxy finish. Ships unassembled (2 boxes). Features:
The two-part design is engineered to fit inside cabinets while still allowing easy access to electronics.
Width: overall width: 19.13" (486mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Mounting Rails: feature printed rack unit scale and cut marks to aid custom fit in field. Rack Base: 2 corner post rails, tapped 10-32, for field installation. Rack with 2 slides load capacity: 150 lbs. Rack with 4 slides load-capacity: 300 lbs. Rack Equipment Frame: 4 corner post rails, tapped 10-32 for shop/field build. Cable Lacing Panels: 6 panels provided to guide cabling. Front Security Panel: vented. OPTIONS:
TOP COVER (LPTR-TC): steel cover for top of rack. Black.
RACKWARE:®
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management.
LPTR-TC optional top cover.
Rack slides out from frame & swivels right or left.
Ships via
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
RACKS LPTR2-1019 Pull & Turn Rack, 2-slides 10 19 (489) LPTR2-1219 Pull & Turn Rack, 2-slides 12 19 (489) LPTR2-1619 Pull & Turn Rack, 2-slides 16 19 (489) LPTR2-2119 Pull & Turn Rack, 2-slides 21 19 (489) LPTR4-1019 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 10 19 (489) LPTR4-1219 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 12 19 (489) LPTR4-1619 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 16 19 (489) LPTR4-2119 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 21 19 (489) LPTR4-1023 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 10 23 (590) LPTR4-1223 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 12 23 (590) LPTR4-1623 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 16 23 (590) LPTR4-2123 Pull & Turn Rack, 4-slides 21 23 (590) OPTIONS LPTR-TC Top Cover (for LPTR) SPECIAL STOCKING OPTIONS (For Distributors) LPTR-19B2 Base Only (2-slides, 19"D, no rails) LPTR-19B4 Base Only (4-slides, 19"D, no rails) LPTR-23B4 Base Only (4-slides, 23"D, no rails) LPTR-RRTC10 Rail Set (3-pr, with assembly hardware) LPTR-RRTC12 Rail Set (3-pr, with assembly hardware) LPTR-RRTC16 Rail Set (3-pr, with assembly hardware) LPTR-RRTC21 Rail Set (3-pr, with assembly hardware)
28
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
LPT2-1917 LPT2-1921 LPT2-1928 LPT2-1936 LPT4-1917 LPT4-1921 LPT4-1928 LPT4-1936 LPT4-2317 LPT4-2321 LPT4-2328 LPT4-2336
20 (508) 24 (610) 31 (787) 39 (991) 20 (508 24 (610) 31 (787) 39 (991) 20 (508) 24 (610) 31 (787) 39 (991)
19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 19 (488) 23 (590) 23 (590) 23 (590) 23 (590)
(2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes) (2 boxes)
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
65 (29) 65 (29) 67 (30) 70 (32) 71 (32) 73 (33) 73 (33) 76 (34) 78 (35) 78 (35) 81 (37) 85 (39)
56 (25) 62 (28) 67 (30) 10 (4.5) 11 (5) 14 (6.5) 17 (7.5)
Host Racks LHR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Host Rack is a two-part rack that consists of an exterior unit and an interior rollout/rotating rack. It combines the advantages of a small footprint with superior accessibility to mounted equipment, cables and wiring, making it ideal for multi-bay applications. Interior rack swivels on stainless steel ball transfers that support loads up to 750 lbs. Made with 100% certified U.S. steel. Beveled edges on four corners. Mar-resistant, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features: Width: overall width: (exterior) 24" (610mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Exterior Unit: welded steel with reinforced vented sides, open front, open rear and 10U opening in top with steel closure panels (described below). Interior Unit: steel assembly with post-style mounting rails, and side/rear braces for strength. Mounted to caster base. Interior rack with caster base assembly can be removed from external unit. Steel, Top Closure Panels: (2) 16-gauge steel panels (3U & 4U or 3U & 7U depending on rack depth) create a flush closure for top of rack. Panels are mounted to front of rack during shipping to provide additional stability. Top closure panels can be replaced with (optional) fan panels for active thermal management. Corner Mounting Rails (fixed): (interior unit) tapped 10-32, feature a printed scale that facilitates equipment installation. Cable Management: Top: 6" deep rear knockout plane; halfinch knockouts along sides for BNC wireless antennae. Rear: knockout panels located above and below rear door feature multiple looming options. Lacing panels throughout. Hardware: PilotPoint™ 10-32 screws with washers (50).
OPTIONS:
LHR-3532
Steel closure panels fit together to provide flush closure for top of exterior unit. Panels are included as standard equipment.
Rack pivots on turntable (platform disengages from exterior unit for shop wiring).
Removable knockout panels above & below rear door.
Front Door (LHR-FD series): surface, steel door extends 1" (25.5mm) from frame and includes lock and key. Mounts left or right without drilling, field changeable. 180˚ swing. Four beveled edges. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
Optional: vented rear access cover with lock & key.
Rear Access Cover (LHR-RAC series): 14-gauge steel, vented top and bottom. Locking top latch. RACKWARE:®
Accessories are listed under Rackware® Accessories, Thermal Management and Cable Management. Optional: surface front door in solid steel or steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert.
Model No.
RACKS LHR-2432 LHR-3532 LHR-4432 LHR-3542 LHR-4442 OPTIONS LHR-RAC24V LHR-RAC35V LHR-RAC44V LHR-FD24 LHR-FD35 LHR-FD44 LHR-FD24P LHR-FD35P LHR-FD44P
Description
Interior Rack Units
Exterior Overall D in. (mm)
Exterior Overall H in. (mm)
Interior Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Host Rack Host Rack Host Rack Host Rack Host Rack
24 35 44 35 44
33 (835) 33 (835) 33 (835) 43 (1089) 43 (1089)
54 (1368) 73 (1861) 89 (2261) 73 (1861) 89 (2261)
26 (660) 26 (660) 26 (660) 36 (914) 36 (914)
1 1 1 1 1
239 (108) 287 (130) 321 (145) 344 (156) 388 (176)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
24 (11) 33 (15) 41 (19) 34 (15.5) 43 (19.5) 51 (23) 31 (14) 35 (16) 43 (19.5)
Rear Access Cover (for LHR) Rear Access Cover (for LHR) Rear Access Cover (for LHR) Solid Front Door (for LHR) Solid Front Door (for LHR) Solid Front Door (for LHR) Plexiglas Front Door (for LHR) Plexiglas Front Door (for LHR) Plexiglas Front Door (for LHR)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
29
RACK VII:
CREDENZA RACKS Built-in Rack LCR-1216: RACK:
Lowell’s Credenza Rack is a 12U low-profile, welded frame designed for maximum equipment load space inside cabinetry or under counters or desks. Rugged frame is also suitable for standalone applications. Rack top and bottom are formed with 14-gauge steel with 11-ga. corner post rails (threaded 10-32). All-welded construction with 100% certified U.S. steel. Black semi-gloss powder epoxy finish. Ships ready-to-install. Features:
LCR-1216 welded rack ships fully assembled and ready-to-install.
Width: overall width: 19.25" (489mm); rail-mounting width: 19” EIA (483mm). 0.938"H (24mm)
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
LCR-1216
Credenza Rack
12
16 (406)
LCR-21
23 (584)
16 (406)
1
32 (15)
X-series: RACK:
X-series rack frames can be assembled to stack vertically or ganged horizontally to create a variety of configurations. 14-gauge steel frame includes 4 threaded corner post rails and self-clinching studs for fast assembly. Available in two standard heights (8 or 14 rack units). Another 10 or 16 rack units can be added with the (optional) height expansion kit. Top and bottom vent panels can also be replaced with equipment, for an additional 2 units of rack space. Made with 100% certified U.S. steel. Black semi-gloss powder epoxy finish. Ships as a kit that is assembled on-site. Features:
X-series racks ship unassembled.
Width: overall width: 19.25" (489mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). OPTIONS:
Optional: SP-10 steel panel for top closure.
Height Expansion Kit (XK-series): includes steel panels and rails that will add 10 or 16 rack units to rack height. Additional Rack Rails (XRR-series): additional mounting rails for middle-depth use. Steel, adjustable. Sold in pairs.
Optional: XCS swivel casters.
Side Panels (XP-series): steel, vented (for 20" rack depth), 1-pair. Swivel Casters (XCS): dual wheel, 4-pack (125 lbs. load capacity per caster). Casters increase rack height by 1.75". Steel Top Closure Panel (SP-10): steel panel can be used as top closure panel for X-series rack (20"D).
Optional: XRRseries additional mounting rails. Optional: XK-series height expansion kit. Ships via
Model No.
RACKS X-820 X-1420 OPTIONS XK-1020 XK-1620 XRR-8 XRR-14 XP-820 XP-1420 SP-10 XCS
30
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
X-series Rack Frame Kit X-series Rack Frame Kit
8 14
20 (511) 20 (511)
X-1720 X-2820
18 (449) 28 (716)
20 (508) 20 (508)
1-kit 1-kit
25 (11) 30 (14)
1-kit 1-kit 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-ea 1-set
23 (10) 28 (13) 5 (2) 5 (2) 28 (13) 38 (17) 7 (3) 2 (1)
Height Expansion Kit 10 Height Expansion Kit 16 X-series Rack Rails X-series Rack Rails X-series Side Panels 8 X-series Side Panels 14 Steel Panel (for top closure) 10 Dual-wheel Swivel Casters (set of 4)
20 (511) 20 (511) 20 (511)
XK-1720 XK-2820 XRR-17 XRR-28 XP-1720 XP-2820 L3-1917 XC-4
20 (508)
Desk Racks LDR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Desk Rack is a sturdy metal-furniture™ rack for 19" (483mm) audio/video/control equipment, ideal for applications where desktop, under desk/counter, or inside cabinet mounting is desired. Welded 16gauge steel on top, bottom and sides, finished with beveled front corner edges and black wrinkle powder epoxy. Load capacity: 150 lbs. Width: overall: 22.45"; rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Feet: protective rubber feet. Side Panels: vented top and bottom. Fixed Mounting Rails: 11-gauge steel tapped 10-32, located on front of rack.
OPTIONS:
Front Doors (LFD-series): see Rack Options. Rear Access Cover (LDR-RAC series): vented steel panel with lock and key. Fixed Rear Rails (LDR-RRT series): can also be used with rail conversion bracket. Conversion Bracket (RRTMB-F): optional bracket allows adjustable (middle-depth) mounting rails. Includes hardware. Casters (XCS): see opposite page (X-series). Protective Runner Kit (PRK): plastic glides provide protection for wood surfaces when installed inside cabinetry.
Optional protective runner kit.
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
RACKS LDR-718 LDR-1018 LDR-1218 LDR-1418 LDR-1618
Desk Rack Desk Rack Desk Rack Desk Rack Desk Rack
7 10 12 14 16
18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457)
15 (378) 20 (511) 23 (584) 27 (689) 30 (762)
17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432)
OPTIONS LDR-RRT7 LDR-RRT10 LDR-RRT12 LDR-RRT14 LDR-RRT16 LDR-RAC7V LDR-RAC10V LDR-RAC12V LDR-RAC14V LDR-RAC16V RRTMB-F PRK
Additional Mounting Rails Additional Mounting Rails Additional Mounting Rails Additional Mounting Rails Additional Mounting Rails Rear Access Cover Rear Access Cover Rear Access Cover Rear Access Cover Rear Access Cover Conversion Bracket Protective Runner Kit
7 10 12 14 16 7 10 12 14 16
12.25 (311) 17.5 (445) 21 (533) 24.5 (622) 28 (711)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1
36 (16) 44 (20) 45 (20) 50 (23) 58 (26)
1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1 1 1 1 1 1 kit 1 kit
3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 4 (2) 5 (2.5) 6 (3) 8 (3.5) 9 (4) 11 (5) 13 (6) 6 (3) 3 (1.5)
*Height with rubber feet.
LDSR-series: RACK:
Lowell’s Desktop Sloped-front Rack is a sturdy, 16-gauge steel, welded turret that features an open-front/open-back design and 12˚ slope for easy viewing of mounted equipment. Includes 2 bottom panels mounted 2.5" (64mm) from front and 2.5" (64mm) from back providing three open areas for cables. Beveled corner edges and protective rubber feet. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Features:
LDSR-series desktop rack.
Width: overall width: 21.125" (537mm); rail-mounting width: 19" EIA (483mm). Depth at Base: 17" (432mm).
Ships via
Welded (fixed) Mounting Rails: front (tapped 10-32) and rear (punched on 0.281" (7mm) universal EIA spacing. Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Overall D in. (mm)
LDSR-617 LDSR-717 LDSR-817 LDSR-1017 LDSR-1117
Desktop Sloped-front Rack Desktop Sloped-front Rack Desktop Sloped-front Rack Desktop Sloped-front Rack Desktop Sloped-front Rack
6 7 8 10 11
17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432) 17 (432)
Former No.
Overall H in. (mm)
Usable D in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
L40-10 L40-12 L40-14 L40-17 L40-19
13 (326) 15 (371) 16 (413) 20 (500) 21 (544)
varied varied varied varied varied
1 1 1 1 1
25 (11) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15) 33 (15)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45 mm).
31
RACK VIII:
RACK OPTIONS Doors & Access Covers LFD-series: DOOR:
The standard Front Door (LFD-series) is a surface steel door with 180˚ swing that fits rack models LDR, LER, LER-F, LGR, LSER, LSER-F, LSGR, LPR, LPPR, and LWR-series. Door extends 1" from frame and includes standard lock/key set. Mounts left or right without drilling and is field-changeable even after equipment has been installed. Beveled edges, black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Note: Models with “RL” (rear lock) suffix are keyed differently—use with dual-door frame when different locks are desired (see next page). Three versions: Solid: single piece construction for strength and durability. Plexiglas: steel frame with smoked Plexiglas insert. Fully-Vented: allows passive heat distribution.
Model No.
32
SOLID LFD-7 LFD-7RL LFD-10 LFD-10RL LFD-12 LFD-14 LFD-14RL LFD-16 LFD-16RL LFD-21 LFD-21RL LFD-24 LFD-24RL LFD-35 LFD-40 LFD-44 PLEXIGLAS LFD-7P LFD-10P LFD-12P LFD-14P LFD-14PRL LFD-16P LFD-21P LFD-21PRL LFD-24P LFD-24PRL LFD-35P LFD-40P LFD-44P FULLY-VENTED LFD-7FV LFD-10FV LFD-12FV LFD-14FV LFD-14FVRL LFD-16FV LFD-21FV LFD-21FVRL LFD-24FV LFD-24FVRL LFD-35FV LFD-40FV LFD-44FV
Description
Solid Front Door (for 7U rack) Solid Front Door (for 7U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for10U rack) Solid Front Door (for10U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for 12U rack) Solid Front Door (for 14U rack) Solid Front Door (for 14U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for 16U rack) Solid Front Door (for 16U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for 21U rack) Solid Front Door (for 21U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for 24U rack) Solid Front Door (for 24U rack), rear lock Solid Front Door (for 35U rack) Solid Front Door (for 40U rack) Solid Front Door (for 44U rack)
Former No.
L2150-12
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
L2150-36 L2150-36-RL L2150-42 L2150-42-RL L2150-61 L2150-70 L2150-77
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12 (5) 12 (5) 12 (5) 12 (5) 14 (6) 15 (7) 15 (7) 16 (7) 16 (7) 19 (9) 19 (9) 23 (10) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 38 (17)
Plexiglas Front Door (for 7U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 10U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 12U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 14U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 14U rack), rear lock Plexiglas Front Door (for 16U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 21U rack), rear lock Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 24U rack), rear lock Plexiglas Front Door (for 35U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 40U rack) Plexiglas Front Door (for 44U rack)
L2150-12P L2150-17P L2150-21P L2150-24P L2150-24P-RL L2150-28P L2150-36P L2150-36P-RL L2150-42P L2150-42P-RL L2150-61P L2150-70P L2150-77P
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 (5) 12 (5) 13 (6) 14 (6) 14 (6) 15 (7) 17 (8) 17 (8) 21 (10) 21 (10) 26 (12) 28 (13) 32 (15)
Fully-vented Front Door (for 7U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 10U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 12U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 14U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 14U rack), rear lock Fully-vented Front Door (for 16U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 21U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 21U rack), rear lock Fully-vented Front Door (for 24U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 24U rack), rear lock Fully-vented Front Door (for 35U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 40U rack) Fully-vented Front Door (for 44U rack)
L2150-12PF L2150-17PF L2150-21PF L2150-24PF L2150-24PF-RL L2150-28PF L2150-36PF L2150-36PF-RL L2150-42PF L2150-42PF-RL L2150-61PF L2150-70PF L2150-77PF
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 (5) 11 (5) 12 (5) 13 (6) 13 (6) 13 (6) 16 (7) 16 (7) 20 (9) 20 (9) 24 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14)
L2150-17 L2150-21 L2150-24 L2150-24-RL L2150-28
LRD-series: DOOR:
The standard Rear Door (LRD-series) is a recessed steel door with 180˚ swing that fits rack models LER, LER-F, LGR, LSER, LSER-F, LSGR, LPR, and LPPR-series. Door mounts left or right without drilling and is field changeable. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Includes lock and key set. Two versions:
Many rack models include a vented rear door. To change to the fullyvented style shown here, order the rack without a rear door (rack model with LRD suffix), then order a fully-vented rear door (FV suffix) from the list below.
Vented: single piece construction for strength and durability, vented top and bottom for passive heat distribution. Matches the vented rear door supplied with racks noted above. Fully-Vented: allows enhanced front-to-rear air flow for racks with a fully-vented front door or no front door (open front). Ideal for racks loaded with amplifiers or servers with self-contained cooling fans. Model No.
VENTED LRD-14V LRD-21V LRD-24V LRD-35V LRD-40V LRD-44V FULLY-VENTED LRD-14FV LRD-21FV LRD-24FV LRD-35FV LRD-40FV LRD-44FV
Vented.
Fully-vented.
Description
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Vented Rear Door Vented RearDoor Vented Rear Door Vented Rear Door Vented Rear Door Vented Rear Door
14 21 24 35 40 44
L2160-24V L2160-36V L2160-42V L2160-61V L2160-70V L2160-77V
1 1 1 1 1 1
15 (7) 19 (9) 23 (10) 32 (15) 36 (16) 38 (17)
Fully-Vented Rear Door Fully-Vented Rear Door Fully-Vented Rear Door Fully-Vented Rear Door Fully-Vented Rear Door Fully-Vented Rear Door
14 21 24 35 40 44
L2160-24PF L2160-36PF L2160-42PF L2160-61PF L2160-70PF L2160-77PF
1 1 1 1 1 1
13 (6) 16 (7) 20 (9) 24 (11) 26 (12) 30 (14)
Dual-door Frame LDDF-series: FRAME:
Lowell’s Dual-Door Frame is a surface steel frame with threaded inserts that accommodates two short front doors to separate and secure equipment in a single installation. Fits rack models LER, LERF, LGR, LSER, LSER-F, LSGR, LPR, LPPR, and LWR-series. The 1”D steel frame mounts like a standard door on left or right hinge. Frame can be added to an existing installation and does not use panel space. Black wrinkle powder epoxy finish. Order top and bottom doors separately (LFD-series).
LER rack shown with dual-door frame, Plexiglas top door and fullyvented bottom door.
The LDDF dual-door frame accomodates two short (LFD-series) doors (sold separately).
Model No.
Description
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
LDDF-21 LDDF-24 LDDF-35 LDDF-40 LDDF-44
Dual-Door Frame (mounts LFD7 top & LFD14-RL bottom) Dual-Door Frame (mounts LFD10 top & LFD14-RL bottom) Dual-Door Frame (mounts LFD14 top & LFD21-RL bottom) Dual-Door Frame (mounts LFD16 top & LFD24-RL bottom) Dual-Door Frame (mounts LFD21 top & LFD24-RL bottom)
21 24 35 40 44
L46-36 L46-42 L46-61 L46-70 L46-77
1 1 1 1 1
19 (9) 20 (9) 22 (10) 24 (11) 25 (11)
Side Panels Side panels are manufactured to fit specific rack models; see individual rack series for information and pricing.
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
33
Platform Base Stationary: BASE:
LSB-series: the Stationary Base mounts inside the rack frame adding a platform that’s flush with bottom rack space to support heavy equipment. It does not increase rack height. For use with 19" wide racks (LER, LER-F and LGR-series). Not for use with seismiccertified racks. See specific rack model for suitability and fit. Black.
LSB-series stationary base.
LSSB-series: the Shallow Stationary Base for 22" or 27"D rack mounts inside the rack frame, providing a subfloor that’s 2.25" below bottom rack space to mount accessory devices. It does not increase rack height. For use with 19" wide racks (LER, LER-F and LGRseries). Not for use with seismic-certified racks. See specific rack model for suitability and fit. Black. Model No.
Description
LSB-22 LSB-27 LSB-32 LSB-36 LSSB-22 LSSB-27
Stationary Base (for 22”D rack) Stationary Base (for 27”D rack) Stationary Base (for 32”D rack) Stationary Base (for 36”D rack) Shallow Stationary Base (for 22”D rack) Shallow Stationary Base (for 27”D rack)
LSSB-series shallow stationary base.
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
PB222 PB227 PB232 PB236 PBS222 PBS227
1 1 1 1 1 1
21 (10) 25 (11) 28 (13) 35 (16) 18 (8) 23 (10)
Mobile: BASE:
LMB-series: the Mobile Base mounts inside the rack frame, adding a platform that’s flush with bottom rack space to support heavy equipment. It adds 1.25" to rack height. Includes 3" swivel casters (350 lb. load capacity each). For use with 19" wide racks (LER, LER-F and LGR-series). Not for use with seismic-certified racks. See specific rack model for suitability and fit. Black.
LMB-series mobile base.
LMSB-series: the Mobile Shallow Base is a cart that mounts under the rack frame, adding 4.06" to rack height. It includes 3" swivel casters—2 locking (350 lb. load capacity each). For use with 19" wide racks (LER, LER-F and LGR-series). Not for use with seismiccertified racks. See specific rack model for suitability and fit. Black.
LMSB-series mobile shallow base.
Model No.
Description
Former No.
LMB-27 LMB-32 LMB-36 LMSB-22
Mobile Base (for 27”D rack) Mobile Base (for 32”D rack) Mobile Base (for 36”D rack) Mobile Shallow Base (for 22”D rack)
MB227 MB232 MB236 MBS222
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
29 (13) 32 (15) 39 (18) 25 (11)
Cable Chase LCC4-series: CABLE CHASE:
Lowell’s Cable Chase (4"W) is engineered to provide extra wiring space between ganging racks or at the end of a multi-bay configuration. Available for 44U racks with 22"–36"D. Features beveled edges, bolt-on front, rear and top knockouts and joining hardware. Model No.
Description
LCC4-4422 LCC4-4427 LCC4-4432 LCC4-4436
Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 22”D rack) Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 27”D rack) Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 32”D rack) Cable Chase 4”W (for 44U x 36”D rack)
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
L275-77CR L277-77CR L278-77CR L279-77CR
1 1 1 1
21 (10) 22 (10) 23 (10) 24 (11)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
5 (2.3) 8 (3.6)
Grounding Bus Bar GBB-series: Grounding Bus Bars are 0.125" copper with lacing slots and wire tie holes. 2"W.
34
Model No.
Description
GBB-36 GBB-72
Grounding Bus Bar (36"L) Grounding Bus Bar (72"L)
GBB-36
Decorative Work Surface (laminate top) LGT: TOP:
Lowell’s Graphite-Grey Top for rack models LER, LER-F, LPR, and LGR-series (except 36"D models) is a 1"H laminate top with rubber edge molding that includes mounting hardware (10-32 T-nuts and screws) to install in top EIA panel opening where top closure panels normally mount. LPR-series racks feature center-punch indents in metal top to accommodate this option—drill through indents to secure. Model No.
Description
LGT-22 LGT-27 LGT-32
Graphite Grey Top (for 22”D rack) Graphite Grey Top (for 27”D rack) Graphite Grey Top (for 32"D rack)
LGT graphite grey laminate top with rubber edge molding.
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
GT-222 GT-227
1 1 1
18 (8) 25 (11) 30 (14)
Rack Rails RRD-series: Rack Rails with Dual-hole pattern accommodate multiple hardware preferences—tapped holes for 10-32 screws on one side, squarepunched holes for cage nuts with 12-24, 10-32 or 6mm screws on the other side. Both sides have a printed scale showing rack unit measurements to aid equipment setup. Mounting hardware is included (see Rack Accessories for additional hardware). Rails fit rack models LER, LER-F, LGR, LSER, LSER-F, LSGR, LWR, LPR and LPPR-series. Sold in pairs. Note: rack models LHR, LLR, LVR, and X-series have mounting rails specifically engineered to fit. See specific rack model listings for part numbers and pricing of additional mounting rails.
RAILS:
Model No.
Description
RRD-7 RRD-10 RRD-12 RRD-14 RRD-16 RRD-21 RRD-24 RRD-35 RRD-40 RRD-44
Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 7U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 10U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 12U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 14U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 16U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 21U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 24U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 35U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 40U rack) Rack Rails Dual-hole pattern (for 44U rack)
RRD-series mounting rails can be field-reversed to access square-punched holes for alternate hardware needs.
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
L212-12 L212-17 L212-21 L212-24 L212-28 L212-36 L212-42 L212-61 L212-70 L212-77
1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
8 (3.5) 9 (4) 9 (4) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 12 (5.5) 14 (6.5) 15 (7) 17 (7.5) 18 (8)
RRT-series: RAILS:
Rack Rails with Thin-flange fit 19.062-inch openings in custom millwork. Rails feature single-hole pattern (tapped 10-32). Sold in pairs. Note: mounting hardware is not included. Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
RRT-10 RRT-12 RRT-16 RRT-21 RRT-24 RRT-32 RRT-40 RRT-46
Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 10U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 12U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 16U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 21U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 24U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 32U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 40U rack) — No Mounting Hardware Rack Rails Thin-flange (for 46U rack) — No Mounting Hardware
1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr 1-pr
9 (4) 9 (4) 10 (4.5) 12 (5.5) 14 (6.5) 15 (7) 17 (7.5) 18 (8)
Knockout Panels PANELS:
Knockout Panel replacements for rack models LER, LER-F, LGR, LWR, LPR, LPPR, and LWR-series. Model KOP has a blank project area for custom use. Model KOP-N features holes for up to 12 Neutrik D-series panel connectors (6 holes per panel). Black finish. Sold in pairs (1-pair measures 19.418"W x 2.687"H).
KOP pair. KOP-N pair.
Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
KOP KOP-N
Knockout Panel (blank) Knockout Panel (Neutrik D-series)
1-pr 1-pr
1 (0.5) 1 (0.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
35
RACK IX:
RACKWARE® ACCESSORIES 19" EIA Panels Blank Panels: 19" PANELS:
AFP-series: Aluminum Flat Planel. 0.125", black wrinkle finish. AP-series: Aluminum Panel. 16-gauge, flanged, black wrinkle finish.
Blank panel, flat.
SP-series: Steel Panel. 16-gauge, flanged, black wrinkle finish. SEP-series: Steel Economy Panel. 18-gauge, flanged, black smooth semigloss finish.
Blank panel, flanged.
SEFP-series: Steel Economy Flat Panel. 14-gauge, black smooth semi-gloss finish. Model No.
36
AFP-series AFP-1 AFP-1CC AFP-2 AFP-2CC AFP-3 AFP-3CC AFP-4 AFP-4CC AFP-5 AFP-6 AP-series AP-1 AP-1CC AP-2 AP-2CC AP-3 AP-3CC AP-4 AP-4CC AP-5 AP-6 SP-series SP-1 SP-1CC SP-2 SP-2CC SP-3 SP-3CC SP-4 SP-4CC SP-5 SP-6 SP-7 SP-8 SP-9 SP-10 SP-11 SP-12 SEP-series SEP-1 SEP-1CC SEP-1MC SEP-2 SEP-2CC SEP-2MC SEP-3 SEP-3CC
Description
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Aluminum Flat Panel Aluminum Flat Panel, Contractor Carton Aluminum Flat Panel Aluminum Flat Panel, Contractor Carton Aluminum Flat Panel Aluminum Flat Panel, Contractor Carton Aluminum Flat Panel Aluminum Flat Panel, Contractor Carton Aluminum Flat Panel Aluminum Flat Panel
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6
L1-191 L1-191CC L1-193 L1-193CC L1-195 L1-195CC L1-197 L1-197CC L1-198 L1-1910
1 12 1 12 1 6 1 6 1 1
1 (.5) 6 (3) 1 (.5) 12 (5.5) 2 (1) 8 (3.5) 2 (1) 12 (5.5) 2 (1) 3 (1.5)
Aluminum Panel (flanged) Aluminum Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Aluminum Panel (flanged) Aluminum Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Aluminum Panel (flanged) Aluminum Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Aluminum Panel (flanged) Aluminum Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Aluminum Panel (flanged) Aluminum Panel (flanged)
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6
L2-191 L2-191CC L2-193 L2-193CC L2-195 L2-195CC L2-197 L2-197CC L2-198 L2-1910
1 12 1 12 1 6 1 6 1 1
1 (.5) 3 (1.5) 1 (.5) 5 (2.5) 1 (.5) 3 (1.5) 1 (.5) 6 (3) 1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged) Steel Panel (flanged)
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L3-191 L3-191CC L3-193 L3-193CC L3-195 L3-195CC L3-197 L3-197CC L3-198 L3-1910 L3-1912 L3-1914 L3-1915 L3-1917 L3-1919 L3-1921
1 12 1 12 1 6 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 12 (5.5) 2 (1) 21 (9.5) 3 (1.5) 13 (6) 3 (1.5) 16 (7.5) 4 (2) 4 (2) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 6 (3) 7 (3) 7 (3) 8 (3.5)
Steel Economy Panel (flanged) Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Master Carton Steel Economy Panel (flanged) Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Master Carton Steel Economy Panel (flanged) Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton
1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3
LE-191 LE-191CC LE-191MC LE-193 LE-193CC LE-193MC LE-195 LE-195CC
1 12 48 1 12 48 1 6
1 (.5) 12 (5.5) 43 (19.5) 2 (1) 21 (9.5) 57 (26) 2 (1) 12 (5.5)
Model No.
Description
SEP-series (con’t.) SEP-4 Steel Economy Panel (flanged) SEP-4CC Steel Economy Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton SEP-5 Steel Economy Panel (flanged) SEP-6 Steel Economy Panel (flanged) SEFP-series SEFP-1 Steel Economy Flat Panel SEFP-1CC Steel Economy Flat Panel, Contractor Carton SEFP-1MC Steel Economy Flat Panel, Master Carton SEFP-2 Steel Economy Flat Panel Steel Economy Flat Panel, Contractor Carton SEFP-2CC SEFP-2MC Steel Economy Flat Panel, Master Carton SEFP-3 Steel Economy Flat Panel SEFP-3CC Steel Economy Flat Panel, Contractor Carton SEFP-4 Steel Economy Flat Panel SEFP-4CC Steel Economy Flat Panel, Contractor Carton SEFP-5 Steel Economy Flat Panel SEFP-6 Steel Economy Flat Panel
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
4 4 5 6
LE-197 LE-197CC LE-198 LE-1910
1 6 1 1
3 (1.5) 14 (6.5) 4 (2) 4 (2)
1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6
LEF-191 LEF-191CC LEF-191MC LEF-193 LEF-193CC LEF-193MC LEF-195 LEF-195CC LEF-197 LEF-197CC LEF-198 LEF-1910
1 12 48 1 12 48 1 6 1 6 1 1
1 (.5) 8 (3.5) 48 (22) 2 (1) 16 (7) 74 (33.5) 2 (1) 12 (5.5) 3 (1.5) 17 (8) 4 (2) 4 (2)
Vented Panels: 19" PANELS:
SVP-series: Steel Vented Panel. 20-gauge steel, flanged, black smooth semi-gloss finish.
SVP-series panel
SVSP-series: Steel Vented Slotted Panel. 16-gauge steel, flanged, black smooth semi-gloss finish.
Model No.
SVP-series SVP-1 SVP-1CC SVP-2 SVP-2CC SVP-3 SVP-3CC SVP-4 SVP-4CC SVP-5 SVP-6 SVP-7 SVP-10 SVSP-series SVSP-1 SVSP-1CC SVSP-1MC SVSP-2 SVSP-2CC SVSP-2MC
SVSP-series panel
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Panel (flanged)
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 10
L5-191 L5-191CC L5-193 L5-193CC L5-195 L5-195CC L5-197 L5-197CC L5-198 L5-1910 L5-1912 L5-1917
1 12 1 12 1 6 1 6 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 6 (3) 1 (.5) 10 (4.5) 1 (.5) 7 (3) 2 (1) 8 (3.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1.5)
Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged), Master Carton Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged) Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged), Contractor Carton Steel Vented Slotted Panel (flanged), Master Carton
1 1 1 2 2 2
L6-191 L6-191CC L6-191MC L6-193 L6-193CC L6-193MC
1 12 48 1 12 48
1 (.5) 10 (4.5) 43 (19.5) 2 (1) 15 (7) 62 (28)
Description
Security Covers: 19" COVERS:
SSC-series (with -V suffix): Steel Security Cover — Vented. 18-gauge steel, flanged, black smooth semi-gloss finish. Mounts in front of rack equipment.
Vented. Plexiglas.
SSC-series (with -P suffix): Steel Security Cover — Plexiglas. 18-gauge steel with Pleixglas front, flanged, black smooth semigloss finish. Mounts in front of rack equipment. Model No.
VENTED SSC-1V SSC-2V SSC-3V SSC-4V PLEXIGLAS SSC-1P SSC-2P
Rack Units
Former No.
Steel Security Cover, Vented (flanged) Steel Security Cover, Vented (flanged) Steel Security Cover, Vented (flanged) Steel Security Cover, Vented (flanged)
1 2 3 4
L9-191 L9-193 L9-195 L9-197
1 1 1 1
2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1)
Steel Security Cover, Plexiglas (flanged) Steel Security Cover, Plexiglas (flanged)
1 2
L9-191P L9-193P
1 1
2 (1) 2 (1)
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
37
Panels with Device Cutouts: 19" PANELS:
Steel rackmount panels with device cutouts present a simple, organized solution for mounting system devices, controls and connectors in minimal rack space. Black finish. Includes hardware. Does not include controls (order separately).
D4P-1
D4P-1: Decora-style 4-hole Panel – 1U. Mounts low voltage devices with a maximum width of 1.75" (horizontal orientation). Includes kep-nut hardware.
SG6P-3
SG6P-3: Single Gang 6-hole Panel – 3U. Features cutouts and clips to front-load up to 6 (1-gang, standard wallplate) devices that install with 2 screws. Panel was engineered to resolve the problem of rack-mounting 1-gang devices that have a non-removable front plate. Spacing is not suitable for 2-gang devices. Model No.
Description
D4P-1 SG6P-3
Decora-style 4-cutout Panel Single-Gang 6-cutout Panel
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 3
LD4-RM LSG6-RM
1 1
2 (0.9) 5 (2.3)
Panels with Device Cutouts & Pocket-ID™: 19" PANELS:
Steel rackmount panels with cutouts present a simple, organized solution for mounting system devices, controls and connectors in minimal rack space. Panels have a black finish and include an overlay (0.5"H Pocket-ID® label holder). Panels do not include device controls (order separately).
D3P-ID-1
D3P-ID-1: Decora-style 3-hole Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 1U. Flanged panel has cutouts for horizontal orientation of low voltage devices (max. width 1.75"). Includes label area next to each cutout and kep-nut hardware.
D3P-ID-2
D3P-ID-2: Decora-style 3-hole Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 2U. Flanged panel has cutouts for horizontal orientation of up to 3 wide-body attenuators (like Lowell 200LVC or 150LVCS). Includes label area next to each cutout and kep-nut hardware.
D8P-ID-3
D8P-ID-3: Decora-style 8-hole Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 3U. Flanged panel has cutouts for 8 (1-gang, Decora-style) devices. Includes label area above cutouts and kep-nut hardware. Order blank filler plates separately for unused positions (DBB-4) .
D9P-ID-3
D9P-ID-3: Decora-style 9-hole Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 3U. Flanged panel mounts (9) 1-gang Decora devices or 4 multigang devices using alternate spaces (ex. Lowell model 200LVC or 150LVCS). Clearance for non-Lowell controls should be confirmed). Includes Pocket-ID™ label area above cutouts and kep-nut hardware. Order blank filler plates (DBB-4) separately to fill unused positions.
IP-ID-1
N10P-ID-1
DBB-4: Decora Blank Black filler plate (black satin finish) is used to fill unused positions in panels D8P-ID-3 and D9P-ID-3.
LVC8P-ID-2
IP-ID-1: Identification Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 1U. Flanged panel has label area to identify equipment installed above and below panel.
Pocket-ID® label area.
N10P-ID-1: Neutrik-style 10-hole Panel with Pocket-ID™ – 1U. Flanged panel mounts up to 10 Neutrik D-series connectors or Switchcraft E-series (not included). Includes black and nickelplated screws for connector installation. Blank filler plates can be ordered directly from Neutrik (DBA). LVC8P-ID-2: Lowell Volume Control 8-hole Panel with PocketID™ – 2U. Flanged panel mounts up to 8 Lowell volume controls (LVC-RM series, sold separately). Includes filler plugs for unused positions. Device mounting hardware not included. Panel can also be ordered with pre-loaded volume controls (pg. 39).
38
Model No.
Description
D3P-ID-1 D3P-ID-2 D8P-ID-3 D9P-ID-3 DBB-4 IP-ID-1 N10P-ID-1 LVC8P-ID-2
Decora-style 3-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 1U Decora-style 3-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 2U Decora-style 8-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 3U Decora-style 9-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 3U Decora-style Blank Black (filler plate) 4 units per pack Identification Panel with Pocket-ID, 1U Neutrik-style 10-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 1U Lowell Volume Control 8-hole Panel with Pocket-ID, 2U
Rack Units
Panel D9P-ID-3 is shown with volume controls and labels mounted in position. Controls are not included with panel and should be ordered separately (or see next page for allin-one ordering option). Pocket-ID™ label templates are available online (www.LowellMfg.com). Former No.
1 2 3 3
LD3-RMP LD3-RMP2 LD8-RMP LD9-RMP
1 1 2
LPID-RMP LN10-RMP LVC-RMP
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1
2 (1) 3 (1.5) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 1 (.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1)
Panels with Device Cutouts, Pocket-ID™ & Volume Controls: 19" PANELS:
The LVC8P-ID-2 rack panel can be ordered pre-loaded with up to 8 (LVC-series) volume controls. Select the controls you want from the list below and create a custom model number using the letter designations assigned for each control. To create the number, start with the panel model (LVC8P-ID-2) then place a letter for each of the 8 volume control positions. Note: volume controls H** and I** are wide and require 2 spaces (4 max.). LVC8P-ID-2 has 8 positions for volume controls.
Panel Description LVC8P-ID-2 Volume Control 8-position Panel (includes assembly) VC Module
Description
A
25LVC (25W, 3dB step)
B
50LVC (50W, 3dB step)
C
100LVC (100W, 3dB step)
D
100LVC-PA (100W, 3dB step, priority relay)
E
10015LVC (100W, 1.5dB step)
F
10KLVC (10K ohm, linear taper control for
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Sample Configuration & Model No. LVC8P-ID-2-AAABBEAC
single-point remote adjustment of voltage controlled amplifiers-VCAs) G
50LVCS (50W, 3dB step, stereo, 8ohm)
H**
200LVC (200W, 3dB step, 2-gang)
I**
150LVCS (150W, 3dB step, stereo, 70V, 2-gang)
N
Empty position (hole plug)
A
A
A
B
B
E
A
C
Note: LVC-series volume controls have phoenix-style removable screw termination strips for pre-wire with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Priority relay models (24VDC @ 5mA ) allow emergency and paging signals to bypass the attenuator.
19" EIA Shelves Utility Shelf: SHELF:
US-series: Utility Shelf. 16-gauge, open front. 10" or 14"D. Black finish. Supports up to 50 lbs. (22.6kg). USE-series: Utility Shelf for Electronics. 16-gauge steel punched to mount chassis-style electronics includes front security panel. 10"D. Black finish. Supports up to 50 lbs. (22.6kg). USVC-series: Utility Shelf Vented Clamping. 16-gauge steel, open front. Features clamping brackets and rear stops to secure nonrackmount equipment. 15"D. Supports up to 50 lbs. (22.6kg).
USVC-series
US-series
USE-series
Model No.
US-series US-110 US-110CC US-210 US-210CC US-310 US-114 US-214 US-214CC US-314 US-414 USE-series USE-210 USE-310 USVC-series USVC-215 USVC-315 USVC-415
Description
Rack Units
Depth in. (mm)
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Utility Shelf Utility Shelf, Contractor Carton Utility Shelf Utility Shelf, Contractor Carton Utility Shelf Utility Shelf Utility Shelf Utility Shelf, Contractor Carton Utility Shelf Utility Shelf
1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 4
10 (254) 10 (254) 10 (254) 10 (254) 10 (254) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356)
L15-110 L15-110CC L15-310 L15-310CC L15-510 L15-114 L15-314 L15-314CC L15-514 L15-714
4 12 2 6 2 4 2 6 2 2
20 (9) 60 (27) 10 (4.5) 30 (13.5) 12 (5.5) 20 (9) 14 (6.5) 42 (19) 16 (7.5) 18 (8)
Utility Shelf for Electronics Utility Shelf for Electronics
2 3
10 (254) 10 (254)
L15-310E L15-510E
2 2
10 (4.5) 12 (5.5)
Utility Shelf Vented Clamping Utility Shelf Vented Clamping Utility Shelf Vented Clamping
2 3 4
15 (381) 15 (381) 15 (381)
L10-315 L10-515 L10-715
2 2 2
14 (6.5) 16 (7.5) 18 (8)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
39
RMK-series: 19" SHELF KIT:
The Rackmount Kit provides a professional installation method for non-rackmount equipment (up to 17.375" wide). The 14-gauge steel shelf features vented bottom and vented/hinged sides for easy storage and installation. Separate face plate is custom-fabricated to your specifications and secures on standard EIA spacing after the shelf is mounted so you can install the shelf and equipment first and add the custom face plate later. Shelf and face plate are available as a kit or as individual components. If equipment changes, you can reuse the shelf and order a new face plate to fit the new equipment. Rackmount Kit:* includes 14" or 18" deep shelf, custom face plate and 4 “L-style” brackets. Face plate has a black epoxy wrinkle finish. Customer must provide measurements for the custom face plate. The template is available online at LowellMfg.com.
The RMK-series rackmount shelf kit includes vented shelf, custom face plate, brackets and mounting hardware. The custom face plate mounts last, after shelf and equipment have been installed.
The rackmount kit provides professional accommodations for non-rackmount equipment.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS: Rackmount Shelf Only (-LFP suffix): shelf only—no face plate. 14" or 18" deep. Includes 4 “L-style” brackets. Face Plate Only (-FP- designation):* custom face plate only— no shelf. Black epoxy wrinkle finish. Customer must provide measurements for the custom design. See the template provided online at www.LowellMfg.com. OPTIONS:
Hinged design allows rackmount shelf to ship flat.
Top Clamp (RMK-TCMP): Full-width top clamp secures equipment that is less than 16.125" wide. Custom face plate can be ordered as needed to accommodate new electronics.
Rear Extension Brackets (RMK-RBKT-series): Brackets for installations that require rear rail support or cable lacing. Available in two depths: 11.5"L (for 14"D shelf) or 15.5"L (for 18"D shelf). IMPORTANT: Note: when a custom face plate is specifiied, the order is not complete until measurements are provided. A template is available online at LowellMfg.com. When face plate measurements are received, Lowell will complete the part no. and process the order.
Model No.
Description
RACKMOUNT KITS RMK2-14-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK3-14-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK4-14-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK5-14-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK2-18-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK3-18-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK4-18-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) RMK5-18-(___)* Rackmount Shelf Kit (shelf & custom face plate) INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS – SHELF ONLY RMK2-14-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK3-14-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK4-14-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK5-14-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK2-18-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK3-18-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK4-18-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) RMK5-18-LFP Rackmount Shelf (less face plate) INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS – CUSTOM FACE PLATE ONLY RMK2-FP-(___)* Custom Face Plate (for 2U shelf) RMK3-FP-(___)* Custom Face Plate (for 3U shelf) RMK4-FP-(___)* Custom Face Plate (for 4U shelf) RMK5-FP-(___)* Custom Face Plate (for 5U shelf) OPTIONS RMK-RBKT-14 Rear Extension Bracket (for 14" deep shelf) RMK-RBKT-18 Rear Extension Bracket (for 18" deep shelf) RMK-TCMP Top Clamp (17.35" wide)
40
Optional rear extension brackets provide additional support and lacing area. Optional top clamp secures equipment that’s less than 16.125" wide.
Rack Units
Depth in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 (5) 12 (5.5) 12 (5.5) 13.5 (6) 13 (6) 13.5 (6) 14 (6.5) 15 (7)
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 14 (356) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457) 18 (457)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 12 (5.5) 12 (5.5) 12.5 (5.5) 13 (6) 13.5 (6)
1 1 1 1
13.5 (6) 13.5 (6) 13.5 (6) 13.5 (6)
1-pr 1-pr 1
6 (3) 6 (3) 3 (1.5)
2 3 4 5 11.5 (292) 15.5 (394)
* Model number and order are not complete until measuresments for custom face plate are provided. See template online (www.LowellMfg.com). When measurements are received, Lowell will generate a custom part number and process the order.
Writing / Laptop Shelves 19" SHELF:
RSD-116: Reversible Shelf / Drawer, 1U, 16"D. Unique, reversible design can be installed as a fixed writing surface or a shallow drawer. Slide-out design features an integral pull. 80 lb. load capacity.
The reversible RSD-116 can be installed for use as a shallow drawer or writing surface.
FWS-215: Fixed Writing Surface, 2U, 15"D. Wood laminate finish, 30 lb. load capacity.
The FWS-215 features a wood laminate finish.
Model No.
Description
RSD-116 FWS-215
Reversible Shelf / Drawer Fixed Writing Surface
Rack Units
1 2
Depth in. (mm)
16 (406) 15 (381)
Former No.
Carton Pack
LWS-116 L16-3
1 1
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
15 (7) 13 (6)
Keyboard / Monitor Shelves 19" SHELF:
KDMS: Keyboard Drawer / Monitor Shelf engineered to mount extended (18") keyboard and support a full-size computer monitor. Heavy-duty assembly features a slide-out shelf with rotating tray that swivels for keyboard access. Snap-closure panel secures the drawer when not in use. Includes full-length wrist pad and mouse platform that slides out for right- or left-hand use. Drawer (19"W x 20"D with 16" extension) mounts on front and rear rails and is reinforced on top to support heavy equipment. Black powder epoxy finish. Note: because the KDMS-series shelf accommodates a variety of monitor heights it is not a standard EIA panel height. Actual shelf height is 4.34".
KDMS-series shelf is reinforced to support a monitor and extended keyboard. Includes wrist guard and mouse platform.
KDMSL: same as above with lock and key. Height in. (mm)
Model No.
Descripton
KDMS KDMSL
Keyboard Drawer / Monitor Shelf Keyboard Drawer / Monitor Shelf (locking)
4.34 (110) 4.34 (110)
Depth in. (mm)
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
20 (508) 20 (508)
L29K L29KL
1 1
31 (14) 31 (14)
Variable Depth or Variable Width Shelves 19" SHELF:
VDS-series: Variable Depth Shelf. Steel shelf adjusts from 20" to 32" deep for use in 27", 32" or 36" deep racks. Load capacity up to 250 lbs. Requires front and rear rail support. Black. VWS-series: Variable Width Shelf. Steel shelf adjusts from 17.5" to 22" wide, providing support for non-rackmount equipment that is wider than the mounting rail clearance of 17.813" on 19" wide racks. Three-piece unit mounts behind rails. Side supports can be installed with either long or short side up to emulate side height of 2U or 3U shelf without using front mounting rail space. 5.25"H x 14" or 18"D. Black.
Model No.
Description
VARIABLE DEPTH VDS-2-2032 Variable Depth Shelf VARIABLE WIDTH VWS-214 Variable Width Shelf VWS-218 Variable Width Shelf
Rack Units
2
Width in. (mm)
VDS shelf extends to 32" deep.
VWS-series. 3-piece shelf mounts behind the rail, extends up to 22" wide.
Depth in. (mm)
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
17.4 (442)
variable
L15-3X
1
17 (7.5)
variable variable
14 (356) 18 (457)
LWX-314 LWX-318
1 1
13 (6) 14 (6.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
41
19" EIA Storage Drawers 19" EIA:
Storage drawers and boxes feature fully welded construction and 16-gauge steel. Units mount to front rack rails using standard EIA spacing. Black powder epoxy finish. SBL-series: Storage Box with Lock features solid front door and recessed handle. Door is hinged at the bottom and secured with safety chain stops. Load capacity: 50 lbs. UDE-series: Utility Drawer Economy features ball-bearing slides. Load capacity: 50 lbs.
SBL-series
UDEL-series: Utility Drawer Economy with Lock features ballbearing slides and key lock. Load capacity: 50 lbs. UDP-series: Utility Drawer Premium features recessed drawer pull and slam-latch with key lock. Load capacity: 50 lbs. 19"W x 14.437"D (varied heights).
Model No.
SBL-series SBL-39 SBL-49 UDE-series UDE-214 UDE-314 UDE-414 UDEL-series UDEL-214 UDEL-314 UDEL-414 UDP-series UDP-214 UDP-314 UDP-414 UDP-614
Rack Units
Former No.
Storage Box with Lock Storage Box with Lock
3 4
L20-195 L20-197
Utility Drawer, Economy Utility Drawer, Economy Utility Drawer, Economy
UDEL-series
UDP-series
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
9 (229) 9 (229)
1 1
16 (7.5) 18 (7.5)
2 3 4
14.437 (367) 14.437 (367) 14.437 (367)
1 1 1
16 (7.5) 19 (8.5) 21 (9.5)
Utility Drawer, Economy (locking) Utility Drawer, Economy (locking) Utility Drawer, Economy (locking)
2 3 4
14.437 (367) 14.437 (367) 14.437 (367)
1 1 1
17 (7.5) 20 (9) 22 (10)
Utility Drawer, Premium Utility Drawer, Premium Utility Drawer, Premium Utility Drawer, Premium
2 3 4 6
14.437 (367) 14.437 (367) 14.437 (367) 14.437 (367)
1 1 1 1
27 (12) 32 (14.5) 38 (17) 46 (21)
Description
Depth in. (mm)
Media Holders STORAGE:
Media holders feature fully welded construction and 16-gauge steel. Units mount to front rack rails using standard EIA spacing. MH-6-VHS: Media Holder – 6U – VHS. Unit is designed to hold up to 16 VHS tapes. Includes metal dividers. 4.44"D. Black powder epoxy finish. MH-4-CD: Media Holder – 4U – CD. Unit is designed to hold up to 40 CD or DVD media. Includes metal dividers. 5.75"D. Black powder epoxy finish.
42
Model No.
Description
MH-6-VHS MH-4-CD
Media Holder (for VHS format) Media Holder (for CD/DVD format)
MH-4-CD
MH-6-VHS
Rack Units
Former No.
Depth in. (mm)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
6 4
L21-1910 L22-197
4.438 (113) 5.75 (146)
1 1
11 (5) 9 (4)
Rack Hardware Screws:
Rack Screws – PilotPoint™: for tapped rails or punched rails with 10-32 cage nuts, features tip with captive washer for time-saving installation. Black. RSP-25, RSP-100, RSP-500: Phillips Finish Head. 10-32 x .875. RS-25, RS-100, RS-500: Phillips Truss Head. 10-32 x .875. RSV-50: Torx Star Post Head. 10-32 x .875. RSV-BIT: Torx Pin-drive Bit. RSR-50: Robertson Square Head, 10-32 x .875. RSR-BIT: Robertson Pin-drive Bit. Rack Screws – for Square Punched Rails: Black. RS1224-100: Phillips Pan Head with washers. 12-24 x .787. RS6MM-100: Phillips Pan Head with washers. 6mm-m6 1x2cm.
RCN cage nuts.
RSP
RS
Rack Cage Nuts for Square Punched Rails: Black. RCN-1224-100: Rack Cage Nuts (12-24). RCN-6MM-100: Rack Cage Nuts (6 mm). RCN-1032-100: Rack Cage Nuts (10-32). Casters:
Casters: now sold as sets (4 casters). C3S: Casters – 3" Swivel. 350 lb. load capacity ea., set of 4. C3SL: Casters – 3" Swivel Locking. Same as above but set includes 1-pair swivel and 1-pair swivel-locking. Casters for LVR-series: see Vari-Rack™
Miscellaneous:
Ganging Hardware, Clips: RGH-40: Rack Ganging Hardware. (1/4–20 x 5/8 hex and kep nuts). RC-100: Rack Clips. Tinnerman-style, 10-32.
RSV
RSR
C3S C3SL
Replacement Keys: LK-FD: Lowell Key – Front Door. (Series 2150, B399A). 1-pr. LK-RD: Lowell Key – Rear Door. (Series 2150, B644A). 1-pr.
LL leg levelers.
Latch (TLK): Thumb-turn cam Latch replaces key-lock cylinder. Leg Levelers (LL): heavy duty. Rack Light (RL-1): utility light hangs or mounts (magnetically) to rack. Includes 13W fluorescent bulb with shatter-resistant lens, grounded 120V outlet (13A), 2 collapsible swivel hooks, detachable bracket with magnet, plastic yellow housing, and (16-ga.) 6-ft. grounded cord. UL-Listed. Model No.
Description
SCREWS RSP-25 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Phillips Finish Head) 25 pieces per bag RSP-100 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Phillips Finish Head) 100 pieces per bag RSP-500 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Phillips Finish Head) 500 pieces per jar RS-25 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Truss Head) 25 pieces per bag RS-100 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Truss Head) 100 pieces per bag RS-500 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Truss Head) 500 pieces per jar RSR-50 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Robertson Square Head) 50 pieces per bag RSV-50 Rack PilotPoint™ Screws (Torx Star Security Head) 50 pieces per bag RSR-BIT Pin Drive Bit (for RPSR-series) RSV-BIT Pin Drive Bit (for RPSV-series) RS1224-100 Rack Screws (12-24 Phillips pan head) 100 pieces per bag RS6MM-100 Rack Screws (6mm Phillips pan head) 100 pieces per bag RCN1032-100 Rack Cage Nuts (10-32) 100 pieces per bag RCN1224-100 Rack Cage Nuts (12-24) 100 pieces per bag RCN6MM-100 Rack Cage Nuts (6 mm) 100 pieces per bag CASTERS C3S Casters 3" Swivel (2-pr) C3SL Casters 3" Swivel (1-pr) and Swivel-locking (1-pr) MISCELLANEOUS RGH-40 Rack Ganging Hardware (1/4–20 x 5/8 ) 40 pieces per bag RC-100 Rack Clips (10-32 Tinnerman) 100 pieces per bag LK-FD Lowell Key – Front Door (1-pr) LK-RD Lowell Key – Rear Door (1-pr) TLK Thumb-turn Cam Latch LL Leg Levelers (set of 4) RL-1 Rack Light RL-1Bulb Rack Light Bulb
RL rack utility light.
Former No.
(L191A) (L192A)
L204 L203 L195
Unit of Sale
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
bag bag jar bag bag jar bag bag each each bag bag bag bag bag
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 6 (3) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 6 (3) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1)
2-pr 2-pr
6 (3) 6 (3)
bag bag 1-pr 1-pr each set each each
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 4 (2) 1 (.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
43
RACK X:
CABLE MANAGEMENT Horizontal-mount Bars & Panels: STACKABLE:
CMBS-series: Cable Management Bar Slotted. Bars are formed from 14-gauge steel for lacing wires and cables and measure appoximately 19"W (483mm) x 0.625"H (16mm). Available straight or offset (2", 4" or 6"D). Offset bars are stackable on a horizontal plane to save rack space. Straight bar can be used alone or mounted at a right angle to another straight bar, for a dual-lacing configuration in 1U space. Bars can also be used as support bracing for equipment when used with mid- or rear-rail rack applications. Black finish. Sold in packs of 10.
CMBS (straight)
CMBS-6 (6"offset)
CMFW cable managers can be combined and stacked in a horizontal plane, as shown here, to save rack space.
CMFW-series: Cable Management Flat Wire. Cable managers with tiedown slots and holes are made with 11-gauge steel and feature unique, non-abrasive, smooth rounded edge. Robust design can be used as support bracing for equipment when used with mid- or rearrail rack applications. Available straight or offset (2" or 4"D). Offset bars are stackable on a horizontal plane to save rack space. Black finish. Sold in packs of 10. STANDARD:
CMC-1HV
CMCD-1HV
CMC-1HV: Cable Manager with Clips. Plastic flex-clips rotate individually. Black finish. Sold individually. CMCD-1HV: Cable Manager with Clips and D-rings. Plastic flexclips rotate individually. Steel D-rings are formed from 0.25" (6mm) cold rolled steel, welded for stability. Black finish. Sold individually.
CMD-2H
CMD-series: Cable Manager with D-rings. D-Rings are formed from 0.25" (6mm) cold rolled steel and welded for stability of medium to large cable bundles. Black finish. Sold individually.
CMD-2HV
CMD-series with -HV suffix: same as above (CMD-series) but includes D-rings on ends for vertical cable runs. Sold individually. CMHT-series: Cable Manager Horizontal Telescoping. Steel with black finish, available in two sizes: 17"-30"W x 1U or 19"-36"W x 2U. Sold in packs of 2.
CMHT2-1936 CMPS-2
CMPS-series: Cable Management Panel Slotted. Steel panel for lacing wires and cables measures approximately 19"W (483mm). Smooth black finish. Sold in packs of 10.
CMR
CMR-series: Cable Management Rod. Rods are formed from 0.25" (6.35mm) diameter cold rolled steel. Available straight or offset. Black finish. Sold in packs of 10. Model No.
44
STACKABLE CMBS CMBS-2 CMBS-4 CMBS-6 CMFW CMFW-2 CMFW-4 STANDARD CMC-1HV CMCD-1HV CMD-1H CMD-2H CMD-1HV CMD-2HV CMHT1-1730 CMHT2-1936 CMPS-1 CMPS-2 CMR CMR2 CMR4
CMR4
Former No.
Unit of Sale
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
Cable Management Bar Slotted (straight) 10 per pack Cable Management Bar Slotted (2" offset) 10 per pack Cable Management Bar Slotted (4" offset) 10 per pack Cable Management Bar Slotted (6" offset) 10 per pack Cable Management Flat Wire (straight) 10 per pack Cable Management Flat Wire (2" offset) 10 per pack Cable Management Flat Wire (4" offset) 10 per pack
LCMP
pack pack pack pack pack pack pack
5 (2.5) 8 (3.5) 10 (4.5) 13 (6) 4 (2) 4 (2) 5 (2.5)
Cable Manager with Clips – 1U Cable Manager with Clips & D-rings – 1U Cable Manager with D-rings – IU Cable Manager with D-rings – 2U Cable Manager with D-rings – 1U Cable Manager with D-rings – 2U Cable Manager Horizontal Telescoping – 1U, 2 per pack Cable Manager Horizontal Telescoping – 2U, 2 per pack Cable Management Panel Slotted – 1U, 10 per pack Cable Management Panel Slotted – 2U, 10 per pack Cable Management Rod (straight) 10 per pack Cable Management Rod (1.5" offset) 10 per pack Cable Management Rod (4" offset) 10 per pack
LCM-1 LCM-1V LCMD-1H LCMD-2H LCMD-1HV LCMD-2HV
each each each each each each pack pack pack pack pack pack pack
1 (.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1.5) 2 (1) 3 (1.5) 10 (4.5) 19 (8.5) 6 (3) 12 (5.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
Description
LCRS LCRS4
Vertical-mount Bars & Accessories: BARS:
CMV-series: Cable Management Vertical-mount bar for lacing wires and cables includes screws and nut slides. Black finish. CMV2-18: 2"W x 31.5"L (18U) with holes. CMV2-44: 2"W x 77"L (44U) with holes. CMV3-24: 3.25"W x 42"L (24U) with velcro post tie, square holes and round holes.
CMD-2V
CMV3-35: 3.25"W x 61.25"L (35U) with velcro post tie, square holes and round holes. CMV3-40: 3.25"W x 70"L (40U) with velcro post tie, square holes and round holes. CMV3-44: 3.25"W x 77"L (44U) with velcro post tie, square holes and round holes. CMV5-24: 4.75"W x 42"L (24U) with velcro post tie, lance, square holes and round holes. CMV5-35: 4.75"W x 61.25"L (35U) with velcro post tie, lance, square holes and round holes. CMV5-40: 4.75"W x 70"L (40U) with velcro post tie, lance, square holes and round holes. CMV5-44: 4.75"W x 77"L (44U) with velcro post tie, lance, square holes and round holes. D-RING:
CMD-2V: Cable Management D-ring. Steel with black finish.
Model No.
Description
CMV2-18 CMV2-44 CMV3-24 CMV3-35 CMV3-40 CMV3-44 CMV5-24 CMV5-35 CMV5-40 CMV5-44 CMD-2V
Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (2" x 18U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar(2" x 44U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (3.25" x 24U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (3.25" x 35U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (3.25" x 40U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar(3.25" x 44U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (4.75" x 24U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (4.75" x 35U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (4.75" x 40U) 6 per pack Cable Management Vertical-mount bar (4.75" x 44U) 6 per pack Cable Management D-ring
Former No.
Unit of Sale
CLB-32 CLB-77
pack pack pack pack pack pack pack pack pack pack each
LCMD
CMV5-24
CMV3-24
CMV2-18
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
24 (11) 36 (16.5) 12 (5.5) 19 (8.5) 21 (9.5) 23 (10.5) 17 (7.5) 26 (12) 29 (13) 32 (14.5) 1 (.5)
Bushings & Cable Wraps BUSHINGS:
LGRB-12: Ganging Rack Bushings are used to protect cable that runs between ganging racks. Plastic bushings snap into access holes along the (rear) vertical sides of the rack. 12 bushings per bag.
WRAPS:
VCW-12: Velcro Cable Wraps are suitable for light-duty settings (up to 200 re-fastenings). Ideal for AV connections, networking equipment or to hold cables out of the way during installation. Wraps measure approximately 8" long (203mm) x 0.5" high (13mm). Maximum bundle diameter 1.75" (44mm). 12 wraps per bag.
Model No.
Description
LGRB-12 VCW-12
Ganging Rack Bushings, 12 per bag Velcro Cable Wraps, 12 per bag
LGRB-12
VCW-12 Former No.
Unit of Sale
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
PTB-12
bag bag
1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
45
RACK XI:
THERMAL MANAGEMENT Fans 19" EIA FAN PANELS: Steel fan panels mount in standard 19" EIA openings. The 3U and 7U panels may also be placed at the top of the rack, replacing the solid closure panels that come with many models. Black. WHISPER:
FW2-3: Fan-panel with 2 Whisper-style fans. 3U. Fans are 4.7", 50 cfm each. Includes front guard and 6' cord.
FW2-3
FW3-3
FW4-7
FT1-7
FW3-3: Fan-panel with 3 Whisper-style fans. 3U. Fans are 4.7", 50 cfm each. Includes front guard and 6'. cord. FW4-7: Fan-panel with 4 Whisper-style fans. 7U. Fans are 4.7", 50 cfm each. Includes front guard and 6' cord. FW-FF: Fan Filter for 4.7" fan. TURBO:
FT1-7: Fan-panel with 1 Turbo-style fan. 7U. Fan is 10", 550 cfm. Includes front guard, rear guard and 6' cord.
Model No.
Description
FW2-3 FW3-3 FW4-7 FW-FF FT1-7
Fan-panel with 2 Whisper-style fans (3U) Fan-panel with 3 Whisper-style fans (3U) Fan-panel with 4 Whisper-style fans (7U) Fan Filter (for whisper-style 4.7" fan) Fan-panel with 1 Turbo-style fan (7U)
Rack Units
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
3 3 7
LWF-195-2 LWF-195-3 LWF-1912 L39 L35-1912
1 1 1 1 1
6 (3) 7 (3) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
7
Single-fan Kit: WHISPER:
FW1-KIT: Fan Kit for single, Whisper-style fan. Ideal for targeted cooling. Steel panel mounts to rear rack door or vented side panels. One 4.7" fan (50cfm) with front guard and 6' cord. Black.
Model No.
Description
FW1-KIT
Fan Kit with 1 Whisper-style fan
FW1-KIT
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
LWF-KIT
1
2 (1)
Rear Door Fan Panel: FAN:
FW2-RD: mounts inside or outside rear door. For use with rack models: LGR, LER, LER-F, LPR, LPPR, LSGR, LSER, and LSER-F series. Low profile assembly is only 2"D. Includes two 4.7" (50cfm) whisper fans with guards and 6' cord. Black.
Model No.
Description
FW2-RD
Fan (Whisper-style, 2-fans) for Rear Door
FW2-RD
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
LWF-RD-2
1
6 (3)
Fan Thermostat Control CONTROL:
46
FTC-1: equipment-saving accessory allows you to preset the temperature at which fans automatically turn on to cool rackmounted equipment, reducing fan operation time and the excessive dirt-intake often attributed to continuously operating fans. Compact assembly (10"L x 3"W by 3"D) mounts inside rack. Temperature range: 50˚F to 90˚F. Assembly includes 15 amp duplex receptacle for fan plug-in, UL-Listed bimetallic thermostat with thermometer, 6' cord with molded plug, and LED indicators for stand-by and on functions.
FTC-1
Model No.
Description
Former No.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
FTC-1
Fan Thermostat
LTC-1
1
4 (2)
POWER I:
19" EIA RACKMOUNT PANEL Stand-alone Corded 15A:
ACR-1509: 15A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) plug. ETL-Listed. ACSPR-1509: 15A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. ETL-Listed.
ACSPR-1509-VTE: 15A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Also features Voltage Tolerance Envelope™ (VTE)—over/under circuitry with auto reset that turns all receptacles off when line voltage exceeds 140V or drops below 100V. Following a voltage tolerance shutdown, unit automatically restores power to receptacles when it detects acceptable line voltage. If power is interrupted while VTE is activated, switched outlets default to OFF. ETL-Listed.
ACSPR-1509 front back
ACR-2009 front back
UL-181-RL
U181RL: 15A power panel with (4 duplex) rear switched outlets, front on/off rocker switch, pilot light and downward deflecting lamp to illuminate equipment mounted below unit. 1U chassis. Includes 6' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) plug. UL-recognized.
Lamp illuminates equipment mounted below panel.
U181RL-LC: same as above but with longer cord (15'). 20A:
ACR-2009: 20A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-20P (20A) plug. ETL-Listed.
ACSPR-2009-VTE
ACSPR-2009: 20A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-20P (20A) plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA Grade A–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. ETL-Listed.
ACSPR-2009-VTE: 20A power panel with 5 switched and 4 unswitched outlets (including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-20P (20A) plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA Grade A–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Also features Voltage Tolerance Envelope™ (VTE)—over/under circuitry with auto reset that turns all receptacles off when line voltage exceeds 140V or drops below 100V. Following a voltage tolerance shutdown, unit automatically restores power to receptacles when it detects acceptable line voltage. If power is interrupted while VTE is activated, switched outlets default to OFF. ETL-Listed. Model No.
Description
ACR-1509 ACSPR-1509 ACSPR-1509-VTE U181RL U181RL-LC ACR-2009 ACSPR-2009 ACSPR-2009-VTE
15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 20A 20A
AC Power Panel AC Power Panel with advanced surge suppression AC Power Panel with advanced surge suppression & VTE AC Power Panel with lamp AC Power Panel with lamp & longer cord AC Power Panel AC Power Panel with advanced surge suppression AC Power Panel with advanced surge suppression & VTE
Rack Units
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 (4.5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 10 (4.5) 11 (5) 11 (5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
47
Hardwired 15A:
L184: 15A power panel; 2U blank front with 4 rear-mounted duplex outlets. Pigtail leads. UL-Listed.
L184-TVSS (front)
L184-TVSS: 15A power panel; 2U blank front with 4 rear-mounted duplex outlets. Pigtail leads. Includes transient voltage surge suppression to meet UL1449-2. UL-Listed. back Model No.
Description
L184 L184-TVSS
15A AC Power Panel with pigtails 15A AC Power Panel with pigtails & surge suppression
Rack Units
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
1 1
4 (2) 4 (2)
Remote-control (contact closure) Corded 15A:
RPC-4CD: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, 2U blank panel in front and 4 (15A) duplex outlets in back. Single circuit. Includes 6' cord. ETL-Listed. ACSPR-RPC1-1509: 19" rackmount panel with remote control for 6 switched outlets and 3 unswitched outlets (1 front, 2 rear). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) plug. Remote power control (RPC) circuitry for 6 outlets allows on/off switching by contact closure. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches, external triggers and an alarm interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Includes advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Exclusive TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Also includes Voltage Tolerance Envelope™ (VTE)— over/under circuitry with auto reset that turns all receptacles off when line voltage exceeds 140V or drops below 100V. Following a voltage tolerance shutdown, unit automatically restores power to receptacles when it detects acceptable line voltage. If power is interrupted while VTE is activated, switched outlets default to OFF. Rocker switch activation. ETL-Listed.
RPC-4CD
ACSPR-RPC1-1509
back
ACSPR-RPC1-1509K: same as above but with key switch activation. 20A:
ACSPR-RPC1-2009: 19" rackmount panel with remote control for 6 switched outlets and 3 unswitched outlets (1 front, 2 rear). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-20P (20A) plug. Remote power control (RPC) circuitry for 6 outlets allows on/off switching by contact closure. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches, external triggers and an alarm interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Includes advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA– Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Exclusive TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Also includes Voltage Tolerance Envelope™ (VTE)—over/under circuitry with auto reset that turns all receptacles off when line voltage exceeds 140V or drops below 100V. Following a voltage tolerance shutdown, unit automatically restores power to receptacles when it detects acceptable line voltage. If power is interrupted while VTE is activated, switched outlets default to OFF. Rocker switch activation. ETL-Listed.
front
ACSPR-RPC1-2009K Key switch.
back
ACSPR-RPC1-2009K: same as above but with key switch activation. Model No.
Description
RPC-4CD ACSPR-RPC1-1509 ACSPR-RPC1-1509K ACSPR-RPC1-2009 ACSPR-RPC1-2009K
15A 15A 15A 20A 20A
AC Power Panel with remote control AC Power Panel with remote control, adv. surge suppression & VTE AC Power Panel with remote control, adv. surge suppression & VTE (key switch) AC Power Panel with remote control, adv. surge suppression & VTE AC Power Panel with remote control, adv. surge suppression & VTE (key switch)
Rack Units
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
2 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
5 (2.5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5)
Hardwired 15A:
48
RPC-4MC: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, 2U blank panel in front and 4 (15A) duplex outlets in back. Single circuit. Includes 6' metal clad whip. ETL-Listed.
Model No.
Description
RPC-4MC
15A AC Power Panel with remote control & whip
RPC-4MC
Rack Units
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
2
1
6 (3)
Sequencing & Remote-control Corded 15A:
ACR-SCS4-1509: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, alarm interface and 4-step sequential power. Features 6 switched and 3 unswitched outlets (9 total including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) ACR-SCS4-1509 plug. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches and an alarm system interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Rocker switch activation. ETL-listed. ACR-SCS4-1509K: same as above but with key switch activation. ACSPR-SCS4-1509: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, alarm interface and 4-step sequential power. Features 6 switched and 3 unswitched outlets (9 total including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-15P (15A) ACR-SCS4-1509K plug. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches and an alarm system interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Includes advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Exclusive TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Rocker switch activation. ETL-listed.
Key switch.
ACSPR-SCS4-1509K: same as above but with key switch activation. 20A:
ACR-SCS4-2009-RT2: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, alarm interface and 4-step sequential power. Features 6 switched and 3 unswitched outlets (9 total including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5-20P (20A) plug. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches, external triggers and an alarm system interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Includes 2 dry contact closures (steps 5 and 6) for triggering remote power control units (RPC series-not included). Rocker switch activation. ETL-listed.
ACSPR-SCS4-1509
ACR-SCS4-2009K-RT2: same as above but with key switch activation. ACSPR-SCS4-2009-RT2: 19" rackmount panel with remote control, alarm interface and 4-step sequential power. Features 6 switched and 3 unswitched outlets (9 total including 1 on front). 1U chassis. Includes 9' cord with NEMA 5- ACR-SCS4-2009-RT2 20P (20A) plug. Rear termination blocks are provided for remote switches, external triggers and an alarm system interface (for use where mandated by fire code). Includes 2 dry contact closures (steps 5 and 6) for triggering remote power control units (RPC series-not included). Also features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Exclusive TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Rocker switch activation. ETL-listed. ACSPR-SCS4-2009K-RT2: same as above but with key switch activation.
Model No.
Description
ACR-SCS4-1509 ACR-SCS4-1509K ACSPR-SCS4-1509 ACSPR-SCS4-1509K ACR-SCS4-2009-RT2 ACR-SCS4-2009K-RT2 ACSPR-SCS4-2009-RT2 ACSPR-SCS4-2009K-RT2
15A 15A 15A 15A 20A 20A 20A 20A
Rack Units
AC Power Panel with sequencing & remote control AC Power Panel with sequencing & remote control (key switch) AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control & adv. surge suppression AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control & adv. surge suppression (key switch) AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control & trigger AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control & trigger (key switch) AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control, adv. surge suppression & trigger AC Power Panel with sequencing, remote control, adv. surge suppression & trigger (key sw)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5) 11 (5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
49
Low Voltage Sequencers 4-STEP:
SCS-4R: 19" rackmount power panel with sequencers provides time-delayed activation/deactivation of equipment that’s connected to remote power controls. 1U chassis provides 4 control outputs. Each output can activate equipment connected to a maximum of 10 remote power controls (RPC-series, not included). Each output also includes separate auxiliary relay for sequential operation of other devices. Includes variable time delay, LED status indicators, UL-Listed power supply, and screw terminal interface for life safety systems. Rocker switch. Note: optional switches with momentary closure can be used to activate remotely—order separately (pg. 64).
SCS-4RK
SCS-4RK: same as above but with key switch activation. 8-STEP:
SCS8R-ASM: 19" rackmount power panel with sequencers provides timedelayed activation/deactivation of equipment that’s connected to remote power SCS8R-ASM controls. 1U chassis provides 8 control outputs. Each output can activate equipment connected to a maximum of 10 remote power controls (RPC-series, not included). Each output also includes separate auxiliary relay for sequential operation of other devices. Includes variable time delay, LED status indicators, UL-Listed power supply, and screw terminal interface for life safety systems. In addition, unit includes an alternate sequence mode (rear programmable DIP switch that allows user to bypass selected outlets to sequentially activate a portion of the system—useful for smaller events like rehearsals). Rocker switch. Note: optional switches with momentary or maintained closure can be used to activate remotely—order separately (pg. 64).
back
SCS8RK-ASM: same as above but with key switch activation.
50
Model No.
Description
SCS-4R SCS-4RK SCS8R-ASM SCS8RK-ASM
Low-voltage Power Panel with 4-channel time delay Low-voltage Power Panel with 4-channel time delay (key switch) Low-voltage Power Panel with 8-channel time delay & alternate sequence mode Low-voltage Power Panel with 8-channel time delay & alternate sequence mode (key)
Rack Units
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
9 (4) 9 (4) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
POWER II:
AC POWER STRIPS Power Strips – Single-circuit Corded 15A NEMA:
ACS-1505-SW: compact 15A power strip measures only 12"L x 2"H x 2"D. Includes multimount brackets, 5 single outlets spaced for power supplies, on/off switch, 6' detachable IEC cord with NEMA 5-15P plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-MP: 1U aluminum panel allows ACS-1505-SW power strip to be mounted in 19" EIA format on inside or outside of rack, or on third rail set inside rack with outlets facing up, down or sideways. Black. Made in U.S.A. ACS-1506: 15A power strip (20"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) terminates to NEMA 5-15P (15A) molded plug. Features 6 light-colored single outlets. Includes transient voltage surge suppression with LED indicator, circuit breaker, cable ties, mounting clip/screw and 6' attached cord. Imported. UL-Listed. ACS-1510-WW: 15A power strip (30"L x 2"H x 2"D) terminates to NEMA 5-15P (15A) molded plug. Features 10 white single outlets with “wall-wart” spacing suitable for external power supplies. Includes 9' 10" detachable cord, circuit breaker and multi-mount brackets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-1510-WW-SW: same as above with on/off switch.
ACS-MP
ACS-1512: 15A power strip (32"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) terminates to NEMA 5-15P (15A) molded plug. Features 12 light-colored single outlets. Includes transient voltage surge suppression with LED indicator, circuit breaker, cable ties, mounting clip/screw and 12' attached cord. Imported. UL-Listed.
ACS-1505-SW
A variety of power strips feature multi-mount brackets that provide multiple rack-mounting options so outlets can face left, right or rack center.
ACS-1524: 15A power strip (60"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) terminates to NEMA 5-15P (15A) molded plug. Features 24 light-colored single outlets. Includes transient voltage surge suppression with LED indicator, circuit breaker, cable ties, mounting clip/screw and 12' attached cord. Imported. UL-Listed. 15A IEC:
ACS-1512-IEC: 15A power strip (30"L x 2"H x 2"D) features 12 IEC outlets and 9' 10" detachable cord. Includes circuit breaker, multi-mount brackets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-1512-IEC-SW: same as above with on/off switch.
ACS-1520-IEC-SW: 15A power strip (60"L x 2"H x 2"D) features 20 IEC outlets and 9' 10" detachable cord. Includes circuit breaker, on/off switch and multi-mount brackets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
ACS-1524-IEC: 15A power strip (30"L x 2"H x 2"D) features 24 IEC outlets and 9' 10" detachable cord. Includes circuit breaker and multi-mount brackets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
ACS-1530-IEC: 15A power strip (60"L x 2"H x 2"D) features 30 IEC outlets and 9' 10" detachable cord. Includes circuit breaker and multi-mount brackets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-1530-IEC-SW: same as above with on/off switch.
20A NEMA:
ACS-2012: 20A power strip (32"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) terminates to NEMA 5-20P (20A) molded plug. Features 8 (15A) and 4 (20A) outlets. Includes transient voltage surge suppression with LED indicator, circuit breaker, cable ties, mounting clip/screw and 12' attached cord. Imported. UL-Listed. ACS-2024: 20A power strip (70"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) terminates to NEMA 5-20P (20A) molded plug. Features 16 (15A) and 8 (20A) outlets. Includes transient voltage surge suppression with LED indicator, circuit breaker, cable ties, mounting clip/screw and 12' attached cord. Imported. UL-Listed. Model No.
Description
ACS-1505-SW ACS-MP ACS-1506 ACS-1510-WW ACS-1510-WW-SW ACS-1512 ACS-1524 ACS-1512-IEC ACS-1512-IEC-SW ACS-1520-IEC-SW ACS-1524-IEC ACS-1530-IEC ACS-1530-IEC-SW ACS-2012 ACS-2024
15A Corded Power Strip, 5 single outlets & switch 1U Mounting Panel (for use with ACS-1505-SW) 15A Corded Power Strip with surge suppression, 6 single outlets 15A Corded Power Strip, 10 single outlets with wall-wart spacing 15A Corded Power Strip, 10 single outlets with wall-wart spacing & switch 15A Corded Power Strip with surge suppression, 12 single outlets 15A Corded Power Strip with surge suppression, 24 single outlets 15A Corded Power Strip, 12 IEC outlets 15A Corded Power Strip, 12 IEC outlets & switch 15A Corded Power Strip, 20 IEC outlets & switch 15A Corded Power Strip, 24 IEC outlets 15A Corded Power Strip, 30 IEC outlets 15A Corded Power Strip, 30 IEC outlets & switch 15A/20A Corded Power Strip with surge suppression, 12 single outlets 15A/20A Corded Power Strip with surge suppression, 24 single outlets
ACS-1524
ACS-1510-WW-SW
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 (1.5) 1 (.5) 3 (1.5) 7 (3) 7 (3) 5 (2.5) 10 (5) 7 (3) 7 (3) 8 (3.5) 8 (3.5) 8 (3.5) 9 (4) 5 (2.5) 11 (5.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
ACS-1506
51
Hardwired 15A:
ACS-1513-WW-HW: 15A power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) includes multi-mount brackets (to position outlets either perpendicular or parallel to side of rack), terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Features 13 single outlets with “wall-wart” spacing for external power supplies. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
20A:
ACS-2014-HW: 20A power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) includes multi-mount brackets (to position outlets either perpendicular or parallel to side of rack), terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Features 7 duplex outlets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
ACS-1513-WW-HW includes 6' non-metallic, flexible conduit.
ACS-2014-IG-HW: same as above but with 7 isolated ground duplex outlets. ACS-2014-SS-HW: 20A power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) includes mounting brackets (to position outlets either perpendicular or parallel to side of rack, terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Includes transient voltage surge suppression and 7 duplex outlets. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
Model No.
Description
ACS-1513-WW-HW ACS-2014-HW ACS-2014-IG-HW ACS-2014-SS-HW
15A Hardwired Power Strip with 13 single outlets, flexible conduit 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 7 duplex outlets, flexible conduit 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 7 isolated ground duplex outlets, flexible conduit 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 7 duplex outlets, surge suppression, flexible conduit
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
5 (2.5) 7 (3) 8 (3.5) 8 (3.5)
Power Strips – Multi-circuit Hardwired 15A:
20A:
ACS-1524-2C: 15A power strip (70"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) with 2 (15A) circuits and pigtail leads—black chassis with 12 white and 12 grey alternating outlets (1 color for each circuit). Symmetrical design allows hardwired connections to be made from either end without an additional J-box. Includes mounting clips and wire ties. Imported. UL-Listed.
ACS-2020-6C-HW includes 6' non-metallic, flexible conduit.
ACS-2024-2C: 20A power strip (70"L x 15/8"H x 13/8"D) with 2 (20A) circuits and pigtail leads—black chassis with 12 white and 12 grey alternating outlets (1 color for each circuit). Symmetrical design allows hardwired connections to be made from either end without an additional J-box. Includes mounting clips and wire ties. Imported. UL-Listed. ACS-2014-2C-HW: 20A power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 2 (20A) circuits. Includes 3 duplex and 8 single outlets. Terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Includes multi-mount brackets and hardware. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed.
Many hardwired power strips feature the new 6' flexible conduit that’s easy to trim in the field.
ACS-2014-IG-2C-HW: same as above but has 3 duplex and 8 single isolated ground outlets. ACS-2020-6C-HW: 20A power strip (60"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 6 (20A) circuits and 10 duplex outlets. Terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Includes multi-mount brackets and hardware. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-2020-IG-6C-HW: same as above but with 10 isolated ground duplex outlets. ACS-2020-10C-HW: 20A power strip (60"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 10 (20A) circuits and 10 duplex outlets. Terminates to 6' non-metallic flexible conduit with pigtail leads. Includes multi-mount brackets and hardware. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-2020-IG-10C-HW: same as above but with 10 isolated ground duplex outlets. Model No.
Description
ACS-1524-2C 15A Hardwired Power Strip with 2-circuits, 24 single outlets ACS-2024-2C 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 2-circuits, 24 single outlets ACS-2014-2C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 2-circuits, 3 duplex & 8 single outlets ACS-2014-IG-2C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 2-circuits, 3 duplex & 8 single isolated ground outlets ACS-2020-6C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 6-circuits, 10 duplex outlets ACS-2020-IG-6C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 6-circuits, 10 isolated ground duplex outlets ACS-2020-10C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 10-circuits, 10 duplex outlets ACS-2020-IG-10C-HW 20A Hardwired Power Strip with 10-circuits, 10 isolated ground duplex outlets
52
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11 (5.5) 11 (5.5) 8 (3.5) 11 (5.5) 11 (5.5) 12 (5.5) 13 (6) 14 (6.5)
Power Strips – Remote Control (single-circuit) Corded 15A:
ACS-1510-RPC: 15A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with low voltage remote control. Features 5 duplex outlets (4 switched, 1 unswitched) and multimount brackets. Includes 9' 10" detachable cord, mounting brackets and hardware. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Model No.
Description
ACS-1510-RPC
15A Corded Vertical Power Strip with remote control, 5 duplex outlets
Carton Pack
1
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
6 (3)
Hardwired 20A:
ACS-2010-RPC-HW: 20A vertical power strip (30”L x 2”W x 2”D) with low voltage remote control features 5 duplex outlets (4 switched, 1 unswitched) and multi-mount brackets. Includes 6' non-metallic flexible conduit. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-2010-IG-RPC-HW: same as above but with 5 IG duplex outlets. Carton Pack
Model No.
Description
ACS-2010-RPC-HW ACS-2010-IG-RPC-HW
20A Hardwired Vertical Power Strip with remote control, 5 duplex outlets, flex-conduit 1 20A Hardwired Vertical Power Strip with remote control, 5 IG duplex outlets, flex-conduit 1
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
7 (3) 7 (3)
Power Strips – Remote Control (multi-circuit) Hardwired 20A:
ACS-2018-5C-RPC-HW: 20A vertical power strip (60"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 4 switched circuits and 1 unswitched circuit and low voltage remote control features a total of 18 outlets (2 duplex outlets per switched circuit and 1 duplex outlet on the unswitched circuit). Includes 6' non-metallic flexible conduit, multimount brackets and hardware. Made in the U.S.A. ETL-Listed. ACS-2018-IG-5C-RPC-HW: same as above but with 18 IG outlets. Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
ACS-2018-5C-RPC-HW 20A Hardwired Vertical Power Strip with remote control, 5-circuits, 9 duplex outlets 1 ACS-2018-IG-5C-RPC-HW 20A Hardwired Vertical Power Strip with remote control, 5-circuits, 9 IG duplex outlets 1
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
12 (5.5) 13 (6)
Power Strips – 240VAC 50/60 Hz Corded 10A:
ACSE-1012: 10A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 12 IEC type C13 outlets. Power inlet IEC type C14. Cord provided without attachment plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Listed to EN 60065:2002, A1, A11, C1 CE approved for the EU. ACSE-1012-SW: same as above but with switch. ACSE-1015-SW: 10A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 15 IEC type C13 outlets and switch. Power inlet IEC type C14. Cord provided without attachment plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Listed to EN 60065:2002, A1, A11, C1 CE approved for the EU. ACSE-1018: 10A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 18 IEC type C13 outlets. Power inlet IEC type C14. Cord provided without attachment plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Listed to EN 60065:2002, A1, A11, C1 CE approved for the EU. ACSE-1020-SW: 10A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 20 IEC type C13 outlets and switch. Power inlet IEC type C14. Cord provided without attachment plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Listed to EN 60065:2002, A1, A11, C1 CE approved for the EU. ACSE-1024: 10A vertical power strip (30"L x 2"W x 2"D) with 24 IEC type C13 outlets. Power inlet IEC type C14. Cord provided without attachment plug. Made in U.S.A. ETL-Listed. Listed to EN 60065:2002, A1, A11, C1 CE approved for the EU. Model No.
Description
ACSE-1012 ACSE-1012-SW ACSE-1015-SW ACSE-1018 ACSE-1020-SW ACSE-1024
10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 12 IEC outlets 10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 12 IEC outlets, switch 10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 15 IEC outlets, switch 10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 18 IEC outlets 10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 20 IEC outlets, switch 10A Corded Vertical Power Strip, 24 IEC outlets
Carton Pack
1 1 1 1 1 1
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 7 (3) 7 (3) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
53
POWER III:
MODULAR POWER STRIPS Save time and labor – order the POWERSTAC™ pre-mounted in a ganging or enclosed rack & have it shipped directly to the job site.†
MODULAR:
The POWERSTAC™ modular power system let’s you custom design a power strip to accommodate specific needs of almost any application. Blank modules allow room for future expansion. Save time in the field by ordering a ganging or enclosed rack with a pre-mounted POWERSTAC.† Full Component Library: J-boxes for internal or external rackmount, chassis lengths up to 75", single or multi-circuit power modules (15A, 20A, 30A, remotecontrol and surge suppression options, new IEC outlets). Field-Changeable Modules: the patented rotating outlet design (US patent D535178S) allows individual power modules to be repositioned in the field without removing the entire power strip from the rack. New Flexible-conduit Option: 6' non-metallic flexible conduit. New “SIG” Option: the default grounding scheme for configurations with isolated ground circuits is a common IG conductor. You can also order an independent conductor for each circuit by adding the “SIG” suffix to the end of the custom model number (additional charges apply). Note: there are limitations to the number of circuits that will fit into a single unit. When the “SIG” option is selected with the 6' flexible-conduit configuration, the default conduit size is 1.25". Easy to Design: three basic steps: select the components (chassis/J-box or chassis/flexible-conduit combination, individual power modules), create a custom part number, and indicate where the strip is to be mounted in the rack (additional worksheets are available online at www.lowellmfg.com). 1). Power Layout: select chassis length and J-box (or 6' non-metallic flexible conduit) according to rack height and position of outlets. The J-box can be positioned inside or outside the rack.† Locate chassis/ J-box or chassis/flexible-conduit I.D. (single character for 75", two characters for 60", three characters for 30") and record number in top box. Then select individual power modules (see pg. 56 for descriptions) and record module I.D. numbers in order desired, placing one character in each box as shown below. 2). Custom Part No.: transfer module numbers (in order) to create the custom part number. Fill all boxes, adding blank modules to fill gaps. If the SIG option is desired, add “SIG” as a suffix outside the boxes. 3). Rackmount Position: indicate rackmount position. If none is indicated, default postion will be used for positioning outlets.
†
54
Change your mind? Change‘em around! Individual power modules can be reoriented in the field without removing the entire strip from the rack.
For shipping integrity on external J-box configurations, the J-box and mounting hardware will be packed in a carton that’s placed inside the rack. POWERSTACs ordered without a rack will incur additional packaging charges.
POWERSTAC™ Module Library Part numbers shown on this page are for use in designing a complete POWERSTAC™ that is to be assembled at our plant and shipped as a complete unit. Module descriptions are on page 56. To purchase individual (replacement) modules, use the part numbers on pg. 57.
J-box and flexibleconduit descriptions with allowable wire combinations.
SIG Option: 6' flexible conduit with allowable wire combinations.
I.D. numbers for chassis/J-box combo or chassis/flexibleconduit combo.
Chassis with J-box on rack EXTERIOR:
I.D.
JB1 plus 30-inch chassis: JB1 plus 60-inch chassis: JB1 plus 75-inch chassis: JB2 plus 30-inch chassis: JB2 plus 60-inch chassis: JB2 plus 75-inch chassis: JB3 plus 30-inch chassis: JB3 plus 60-inch chassis: JB3 plus 75-inch chassis: JB4 plus 30-inch chassis: JB4 plus 60-inch chassis: JB4 plus 75-inch chassis: JB5 plus 30-inch chassis: JB5 plus 60-inch chassis: JB5 plus 75-inch chassis:
Y11 X1 K Y22 X2 N Y33 X3 P — X4 Q — — R
Chassis with J-box on rack INTERIOR:
I.D.
JB1 plus 30-inch chassis: JB1 plus 60-inch chassis: JB1 plus 75-inch chassis: JB2 plus 30-inch chassis: JB2 plus 60-inch chassis: JB2 plus 75-inch chassis: JB3 plus 30-inch chassis: JB3 plus 60-inch chassis: JB3 plus 75-inch chassis: JB4 plus 30-inch chassis: JB4 plus 60-inch chassis: JB4 plus 75-inch chassis: JB5 plus 30-inch chassis: JB5 plus 60-inch chassis: JB5 plus 75-inch chassis:
Y44 X5 T Y55 X6 W Y66 X7 — — X8 — — — —
Chassis with flexible-conduit:
I.D.
6' conduit at top of 30" chassis 6' conduit at bottom of 30" chassis 6' conduit at top of 60" chassis 6' conduit at bottom of 60" chassis 6' conduit at top of 75" chassis 6' conduit at bottom of 75" chassis
Y77 Y88 X9 X0 H J
Power Module I.D. (descriptions on next page). 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
G
BA
C20
(multi-circuit)
BB
C21
BC
C22
BD
C23
BJ
C24
C25
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
C30
BE
BF
BG
BH
C26
C27
C28
C29
55
POWERSTAC™ Modules These model numbers are used when designing and ordering a complete, pre-assembled POWERSTAC™. Additional charges apply for the “SIG” option and for packaging/shipping units without a rack.
56
Part No. Description POWER MODULES: 5" module: Blank 1 2 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) 3 5" module: SINGLE (2) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) 4 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 5 5" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 6 5" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 7 5" module: SINGLE (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 8 9 5" module: SINGLE (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) G 5" module: IEC-C13 (4) 15A B1 10" module: Blank 10" module: DUPLEX (3) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) B2 10" module: SINGLE (4) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) B3 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) B4 B5 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) B6 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) B7 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) B8 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control B9 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control BA 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control BB BC 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor BD 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor BE 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 2 circuits, 1 duplex each BF 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 2 circuits, 1 duplex each 10" module: TWISTLOCK (2) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 2 circuits, 1 outlet each BG 10" module: TWISTLOCK (2) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 2 circuits, 1 outlet each BH 10" module: IEC-C13 (8) 15A BJ C11 15" module: Blank C12 15" module: DUPLEX (4) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) C13 15" module: SINGLE (6) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) C14 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) C15 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) C16 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) C17 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) C18 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control C19 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control C20 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control C21 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control C22 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor C23 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor C24 15" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor & remote control C25 15" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor & remote control C26 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 3 circuits, 1 duplex each C27 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 3 circuits, 1 duplex each C28 15" module: TWISTLOCK (3) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 3 circuits, 1 outlet each C29 15" module: TWISTLOCK (3) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 3 circuits, 1 outlet each C30 15" module: IEC-C13 (12) 15A I.D. FOR CHASSIS / J-BOX COMBINATION: Y11 30" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack exterior X1 60" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack exterior K 75" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack exterior Y22 30" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack exterior X2 60" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack exterior N 75" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack exterior Y33 30" 6-circuit chassis with J-box-3 mounted to rack exterior X3 60" 6-circuit chassis with J-box-3 mounted to rack exterior P 75" 6-circuit chassis with J-box-3 mounted to rack exterior X4 60" 12-circuit chassis with J-box-4 mounted to rack exterior Q 75" 12-circuit chassis with J-box-4 mounted to rack exterior R 75" 15-circuit chassis with J-box-5 mounted to rack exterior Y44 30" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack interior X5 60" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack interior T 75" 3-circuit chassis with J-box-1 mounted to rack interior Y55 30" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack interior X6 60" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack interior W 75" 4-circuit chassis with J-box-2 mounted to rack interior Y66 30" 6-circuit chassis with J-box-3 mounted to rack interior X7 60" 6-circuit chassis with J-box-3 mounted to rack interior X8 60" 12-circuit chassis with J-box-4 mounted to rack interior I.D. FOR CHASSIS / FLEXIBLE-CONDUIT COMBINATION: Y77 30" 6-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (top) Y88 30" 6-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (bottom) X9 60" 12-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (top) X0 60" 12-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (bottom) H 75" 15-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (top) J 75" 15-circuit chassis with 6' non-metallic flexible conduit (bottom)
Unit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Module Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 1.5 (.75) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2.5 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) Chassis Wt. 7 (3) 10 (4.5) 13 (6) 8 (3.5) 11 (5) 14 (6.5) 8 (3.5) 11 (5) 14 (6.5) 12 (5.5) 15 (7) 15 (7) 7 (3) 10 (4.5) 13 (6) 8 (3.5) 11 (5) 14 (6.5) 8 (3.5) 11 (5) 12 (5.5)
1 1 1 1 1 1
6 (3) 6 (3) 9 (4) 9 (4) 12 (5.5) 12 (5.5)
POWERSTAC™ Individual Replacement Modules The ACM-series of model numbers shown below correspond to the POWERSTAC™ modules pictured on pg. 55 but with an “ACM” prefix added to indicate the module will be sold individually (not as part of a preassembled unit). This option allows customers to purchase replacement components for their POWERSTAC™ or to assemble a complete unit in the field (limited to options listed below). Individual power modules with the ACM prefix include a ground jump cable and wire leads.
Part No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS: POWER MODULES 5" module: Blank ACM-1 ACM-2 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) 5" module: SINGLE (2) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) ACM-3 ACM-4 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 5" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-5 ACM-6 5" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 5" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) ACM-7 ACM-8 5" module: SINGLE (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-9 5" module: SINGLE (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 5" module: IEC-C13 (4) 15A ACM-G ACM-B1 10" module: Blank 10" module: DUPLEX (3) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) ACM-B2 ACM-B3 10" module: SINGLE (4) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-B4 ACM-B5 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-B6 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) ACM-B7 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control ACM-B8 ACM-B9 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control ACM-BA ACM-BB 10" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control ACM-BC 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor 10" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor ACM-BD ACM-BE 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 2 circuits, 1 duplex each ACM-BF 10" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 2 circuits, 1 duplex each ACM-BG 10" module: TWISTLOCK (2) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 2 circuits, 1 receptacle each ACM-BH 10" module: TWISTLOCK (2) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 2 circuits, 1 receptacle each ACM-BJ 10" module: IEC-C13 (8) 15A 125VAC/10A 250VAC ACM-C11 15" module: Blank ACM-C12 15" module: DUPLEX (4) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) ACM-C13 15" module: SINGLE (6) 15A (NEMA 5-15R) ACM-C14 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-C15 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) ACM-C16 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) ACM-C17 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) ACM-C18 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control ACM-C19 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with remote control ACM-C20 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control ACM-C21 15" module: TWISTLOCK (1) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) with remote control ACM-C22 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor ACM-C23 15" module: DUPLEX (2) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor ACM-C24 15" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor & remote control ACM-C25 15" module: DUPLEX (1) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) with surge suppressor & remote control ACM-C26 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A (NEMA 5-20R) 3 circuits, 1 duplex each ACM-C27 15" module: DUPLEX (3) 20A Isolated Ground (NEMA 5-20R) 3 circuits, 1 duplex each ACM-C28 15" module: TWISTLOCK (3) 30A (NEMA L5-30R) 3 circuits, 1 outlet each ACM-C29 15" module: TWISTLOCK (3) 30A Isolated Ground (NEMA L5-30R) 3 circuits, 1 outlet each ACM-C30 15" module: IEC-C13 (12) 15A
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 3 (1.5) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 1.5 (.75) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 2 (1) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 3 (1.5) 4 (2) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 6 (3) 3 (1.5)
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS: CHASSIS with NON-METALLIC FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ACM-30WP 30" chassis with 6' x 0.75" non-metallic flexible conduit for ACM-series replacement modules ACM-60WP 60" chassis with 6' x 1.00" non-metallic flexible conduit for ACM-series replacement modules ACM-75WP 75" chassis with 6' x 1.25" non-metallic flexible conduit for ACM-series replacement modules
1 1 1
6 (3) 9 (4) 12 (5.5)
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS: J-BOX ACM-JBEX4 External J-box kit with bracket and hardware 12-20A ACM-JBEX5 External J-box kit with bracket and hardware 15-20A
1 1
3 (1.5) 4 (2)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
57
POWER IV:
ADVANCED SURGE SUPPRESSION Rackmount See pages 47-49.
COMPAC™ Corded 15A:
ACSP-1502-RPC: high-performance, low-profile (9"L x 6"W x 1.75"H) 15A surge suppressor with remote-control mounts under counters, in racks or on shelves with versatile multi-mount brackets (included). Also includes a detachable IEC cord and NEMA 5-15P plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Includes 2 outlets with patented (#D535178S) rotating plates that turn 90˚ for front or side access. 10-year warranty. ETL-Listed. ACSP-1502-VTE: same as above but instead of the remote control it features VTE™ over/under protection.
20A:
COMPAC™ (ACSP-2002-RPC) 20A surge suppressor includes remote power control, attached cord and multi-mount brackets for mounting versaility (15A models have a detachable cord).
ACSP-2002-RPC: high-performance, low-profile (9"L x 6"W x 1.75"H) 20A surge suppressor with remote-control mounts under counters, in racks or on a shelf with versatile multi-mount brackets (included). Includes an attached IEC cord and NEMA 5-20P plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Includes 2 outlets with patented (#D535178S) rotating plates that turn 90˚ for front or side access. 10-year warranty. ETL-Listed. ACSP-2002-VTE: same as above but instead of the remote control it features VTE™ over/under protection. Model No.
Description
ACSP-1502-RPC ACSP-1502-VTE ACSP-2002-RPC ACSP-2002-VTE
15A COMPAC™ advanced surge suppression with remote control 15A COMPAC™ advanced surge suppression with VTE™ over/under protection 20A COMPAC™ advanced surge suppression with remote control 20A COMPAC™ advanced surge suppression with VTE™ over/under protection
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 5 (2.5)
COMPAC™ STIC Corded
58
15A:
ACSPS-1502: low-profile (12"L x 2"W x 2"H) 15A stick mounts behind flat screens, under counters, in racks or on shelves using versatile multi-mount brackets (included). Includes detachable IEC cord and NEMA 5-15P plug. Features advanced surge suppression with GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance, UL1449-2 and ANSI C62.41 compliance. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Includes 2 single outlets. 10-year warranty. ETL-Listed.
OPTIONS:
Mounting Panel (ACS-MP): 1U aluminum panel allows COMPAC-STIC to be mounted in 19" EIA format on inside or outside of rack, or on third rail set inside rack with outlets facing up, down or sideways. Ideal for use with LVR, LCR, LLR and LPTR-series racks where space may be limited. Black. Made in U.S.A.
Model No.
Description
ACSPS-1502 ACS-MP
15A COMPAC™STIC surge suppressor Mounting Panel IU
The COMPAC™-STIC includes multi-mount brackets and detachable cord.
ACS-MP
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
5 (2.5) 1 (.5)
Ground Transient Filter (GTF) Hardwired AC-GTF20-IG: ETL-recognized filtering device (for 15A or 20A circuits) to be added to power conditioning installations. Kit includes slim-profile GTF filter, 2 isolated ground duplex outlets and wire nuts. Installs in series with ground wire (in isolated circuits) to protect equipment from high-frequency ground transients caused by ground faults, atmospheric conditions or other discharges on the ground. Per NEC requirements, the GTF filter does not impede 60Hz fault current. Can be used as a kit in conjunction with surge suppressors or factory installed (see GTF models below and on next page).
20A:
Note regarding grounding and bonding of electrical or electronic systems: Lowell strongly recommends compliance with all applicable sections of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and local building codes. In situations where the grounding and bonding system is less than ideal and upgrading the grounding system is not possible, Lowell’s ground transient filter may provide isolation from noise and interference that’s needed to ensure proper, reliable performance of system components. Model No.
Description
AC-GTF20-IG
20A Ground Transient Filter Kit with 2 isolated ground duplex outlets
AC-GTF20-IG
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1
3 (1.5)
Stand-alone
ACSP-2004-IG
Hardwired Single-circuit:
ACSP-2004: 20A 1-circuit surge suppressor (7"W x 8"H x 3"D) for rack, wall or above-grade (plenum) installation. Meets GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance (UL 1449-2 adjunct). ANSI C62.41 compliant. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Features LED status indicators on front and knockouts on all sides. Includes 2 duplex outlets with patented (US patent no. D535178S) rotating plates that turn 90˚ for front or side access, and 2 blank plates for NEMA 1 hardwire applications. UL-Listed. 10-year warranty. Limited quantities.
ACSP-2004-IG shown with 1 outlet rotated to side.
ACSP-2004-IG: 20A 1-circuit surge suppressor (7"W x 8"H x 3"D) for rack, wall or above-grade (plenum) installation. Meets GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance (UL 1449-2 adjunct). ANSI C62.41 compliant. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Features LED status indicators on front and knockouts on all sides. Includes 2 isolated ground duplex outlets with patented (US patent no. D535178S) rotating plates that turn 90˚ for front or side access, and 2 blank plates for NEMA 1 hardwire applications. UL-Listed. 10-year warranty. Limited quantities. ACSP-2004-IG-GTF: 20A 1-circuit surge suppressor (7"W x 8"H x 3"D) for rack, wall or above-grade (plenum) installation. Meets GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance (UL 1449-2 adjunct). ANSI C62.41 compliant. Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Features LED status indicators on front and knockouts on all sides. Includes 2 isolated ground duplex outlets with patented (US patent no. D535178S) rotating plates that turn 90˚ for front or side access, and 2 blank plates for NEMA 1 hardwire applications. Also includes ground transient filter (GTF). ETL-Listed. 10-year warranty. Limited quantities. Model No.
• ACSP-2004 • ACSP-2004-IG • ACSP-2004-IG-GTF
Description
20A single-circuit surge suppressor, 2 duplex outlets 20A single-circuit surge suppressor, 2 IG duplex outlets 20A single-circuit surge suppressor, 2 IG duplex outlets, GTF
ACSP-2004-IG-GTF
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1
5 (2.5) 5 (2.5) 6 (3)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
59
Hardwired (con’t.) Multi-circuit:
ACSP20-2C: 20A 2-circuit surge suppressor box (14"W x 14.5"H x 4"D) with screw terminal outputs, knockouts on all sides and a cover plate that’s punched to expose (3) LEDs for circuit status indication without opening the box. For use as stand-alone surge suppressor or in conjunction with an AC loadcenter to provide surge protection to specific circuits. More than 1 unit can be connected to a single loadcenter for large installations. Units can also be used with Lowell’s sequence-controlled AC loadcenters. Meets GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance (UL 1449-2 adjunct). Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. 10-year warranty. ANSI C62.41 compliant. ETL-Listed.
ACSP20-6C
ACSP20-3C: same as above but with 3 circuits. ACSP20-4C: same as above but with 4 circuits. ACSP20-5C: same as above but with 5 circuits. ACSP20-6C: same as above but with 6 circuits. ACSP20-2C-GTF: 20A 2-circuit surge suppressor box (14"W x 14.5"H x 4"D) with screw terminal outputs, knockouts on all sides and a cover plate that’s punched to expose (3) LEDs for circuit status indication without opening the box. For use as stand-alone surge suppressor or in conjunction with an AC loadcenter to provide surge protection to specific circuits. More than 1 unit can be connected to a single loadcenter for large installations. Units can also be used with Lowell’s sequence-controlled AC loadcenters. Meets GSA GradeA–Mode1–Class1 endurance (UL 1449-2 adjunct). Suppresses line to neutral without ground contamination. Proprietary TCR™ technology defeats surges up to 72,000A and provides excellent EMI/RFI filtering. Each circuit also includes ground transient filter (GTF). 10-year warranty. ANSI C62.41 compliant. ETL-Listed.
ACSP20-3C-GTF
ACSP20-3C-GTF: same as above but with 3 circuits. ACSP20-4C-GTF: same as above but with 4 circuits. ACSP20-5C-GTF: same as above but with 5 circuits. ACSP20-6C-GTF: same as above but with 6 circuits. Replacement Modules:
ACSP20M: 20A surge suppression replacement (or add-on) module for use with models ACSP20-2C, ACSP20-3C, ACSP20-4C, ACSP20-5C or ACSP206C. Does not include box.
ACSP20M-GTF
ACSP20M-GTF: 20A surge suppression replacement (or add-on) module with ground transient filter (GTF) for use with models: ACSP20-2C-GTF, ACSP203C-GTF, ACSP20-4C-GTF, ACSP20-5C-GTF, or ACSP20-6C-GTF. Does not include box.
60
Model No.
Description
ACSP20-2C ACSP20-3C ACSP20-4C ACSP20-5C ACSP20-6C ACSP20M ACSP20-2C-GTF ACSP20-3C-GTF ACSP20-4C-GTF ACSP20-5C-GTF ACSP20-6C-GTF ACSP20M-GTF
20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 2-circuits, 2 duplex outlets 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 3-circuits, 2 duplex outlets 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 4-circuits, 2 duplex outlets 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 5-circuits, 2 duplex outlets 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 6-circuits, 2 duplex outlets 20A Hardwired Surge Suppression Module (no box), 1-circuit 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 2-circuits, 2 duplex outlets & GTF 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 3-circuits, 2 duplex outlets & GTF 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 4-circuits, 2 duplex outlets & GTF 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 5-circuits, 2 duplex outlets & GTF 20A Hardwired Surge Suppressor, 6-circuits, 2 duplex outlets & GTF 20A Hardwired Surge Suppression Module (no box), 1-circuit & GTF
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13 (6) 14 (6.5) 14 (6.5) 15 (7) 15 (7) 4 (2) 15 (7) 17 (7.5) 18 (8) 20 (9) 21 (9.5) 5 (2.5)
POWER V:
LOADCENTERS Loadcenter with Sequence Controller Single-phase ACLC-100-20-SC248ASM: 1-phase, 100A, 20-space, 20-circuit loadcenter with 8-step sequencer provides one-switch control of circuit breakers for sequential AC power distribution to system components. Sequence controller provides time-delayed activation/deactivation of connected equipment and controls up to 24-circuits with 8-steps (3-circuits per step). Sequencer has alternate sequence mode (ASM) to provide two options: full system (standard) or partial system (ASM) to bypass select outputs (ideal for small events like rehearsals). Interfaces to life safety alarm system. Installation examples can be viewed online at Lowellmfg.com.
100A:
ACLC-100-20-SC248ASM
System includes: Cutler Hammer (1-phase, 100A, 20-space, 20-circuit) loadcenter, alternate sequence mode controller (ACSC-248-ASM), 2 remote switches, 1 remote ASM switch, LED status display module (Decora-style), control transformer, snap-in bushings and wire ties. UL-Listed. ACLC-200-30-SC248ASM: same as above but 1-phase, 200A, 30-space, 40-circuit loadcenter.
200A:
Model No.
Description
ACLC-100-20-SC248ASM ACLC-200-30-SC248ASM
AC Loadcenter System (1-phase, 100A, 20-space, 20-circuit) with ASM AC Loadcenter System (1-phase, 200A, 30-space, 40-circuit) with ASM
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
36 (16.5) 48 (22)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
46 (21) 53 (24)
Three-phase ACLC-3P-125-30-SC248ASM: 3-phase, 125A, 30-space, 42-circuit loadcenter with 8-step sequence controller provides one-switch control of circuit breakers for sequential AC power distribution to system components. Sequence controller provides time-delayed activation/deactivation of connected equipment and controls up to 24-circuits with 8-steps (3-circuits per step). Sequencer has alternate sequence mode (ASM) to provide two options: full system (standard) or partial system (ASM) to bypass select outputs (ideal for small events like rehearsals). Interfaces to life safety alarm system. Installation examples can be viewed online at Lowellmfg.com.
125A:
System includes: Cutler Hammer loadcenter (3-phase, 125A, 30-space, 42-circuit) alternate sequence mode controller (ACSC-248-ASM), 2 remote switches, 1 remote ASM switch, LED status display module (Decora-style), control transformer, snap-in bushings and wire ties. UL-Listed. ACLC-3P-225-42-SC248ASM: same as above but 3-phase, 225A, 42-space, 42-circuit loadcenter.
225A:
Model No.
Description
ACLC-3P-125-30-SC248ASM ACLC-3P-225-42-SC248ASM
AC Loadcenter System (3-phase, 125A, 30-space, 42-circuit) with ASM AC Loadcenter System (3-phase, 225A, 42-space, 42-circuit) with ASM
Sequence Controller (only) 24-circuit 8-STEP:
ACSC-248-ASM: 8-step sequence controller provides time-delayed activation/deactivation of equipment connected to loadcenter circuits. Controls up to 24 circuits with 8-steps (3-circuits per step). Low-voltage contact closure allows system to interface with head-end control systems. Features alternate sequence mode (ASM) providing two options: full system (standard) or partial system (ASM) to bypass select outputs and activate part of the system (ideal for small events like rehearsals). May be installed directly to loadcenter or at a remote location. UL-Listed. Note: This sequencer is included with the loadcenter systems listed above. Order this unit if an additional sequencer is needed. Model No.
Description
ACSC-248-ASM
Sequence Controller with ASM for AC loadcenter (8-step, 24-circuit)
The ACSC-248-ASM sequence controller can be purchased separately or as part of a loadcenter system (above).
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1
13 (6)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
61
Circuit Breakers Controlled 20A:
ACRB-20-1: 20A 1-pole remote breaker with control cable that plugs into sequencer. ACRB-20-2: 20A 2-pole remote breaker with control cable that plugs into sequencer.
30A:
ACRB-30-1: 30A 1-pole remote breaker with control cable that plugs into sequencer. ACRB-30-2: 30A 2-pole remote breaker with control cable that plugs into sequencer.
Model No.
Description
ACRB-20-1 ACRB-20-2 ACRB-30-1 ACRB-30-2
Remote Breaker 20A circuit, 1-pole, pulse solenoid Remote Breaker 20A circuit, 2-pole, pulse solenoid Remote Breaker 30A circuit, 1-pole, pulse solenoid Remote Breaker 30A circuit, 2-pole, pulse solenoid
ACRB-20-1
Carton Pack
1 1 1 1
ACRB-20-2
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 (.5) 2 (1) 1 (.5) 2 (1)
Standard 20A:
ACB-20-1: 20A standard (stab-mount) breaker, 1-pole. ACB-20-1
62
Model No.
Description
ACB-20-1
Standard Breaker 20A circuit, 1-pole
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1
1 (.5)
POWER VI:
SURFACE-MOUNT DEVICES Remote-Controls – for use with sequencers or remote switches (pg. 50, 63-64). Corded 15A:
RPC-1: 15A non-rackmount, remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 1.75"H) with 1 duplex outlet. 6' cord. ETL-Listed. RPC-3N1: 15A non-rackmount remote power control (16"L x 3"W x 2.5"H) with circuit breaker and 4 duplex outlets (3-switched, 1-unswitched). Includes power supply, relays, 3 individually controlled duplex outlets, 1 “always hot” duplex outlet, barrier strip connections, and a 24 VDC output for powering remote indicators. 6' cord.
20A:
RPC-1-20A-CD: 20A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with 1 duplex outlet. Terminates to 6' cord. ETL-Listed.
RPC-1 with 6' cord.
RPC-1-TVSS-CD includes 6'. cord.
RPC-1-TVSS-CD: 20A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with transient voltage surge suppressor and 1 duplex outlet. 6' cord. ETL-Listed. Model No.
Description
RPC-1 RPC-3N1 RPC-1-20A-CD RPC-1-TVSS-CD
15A Corded Remote Power Control, 1 duplex outlet 15A Corded Remote Power Control, 4 duplex outlets 20A Corded Remote Power Control, 1 duplex outlet 20A Corded Remote Power Control with surge suppression, 1 duplex outlet
RPC-3N1 includes 6' cord. Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
2 (1) 4 (2) 2 (1) 2 (1)
Hardwired 20A:
RPC-1-20A-MC: 20A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with 1 duplex outlet. 6' metal clad whip. ETL-Listed. RPC-1-IG-MC: 20A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with 1 isolated ground duplex outlet. 6' metal clad whip. ETL-Listed. RPC-1-TVSS-MC: 20A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with transient voltage surge suppressor and 1 isolated ground duplex outlet. 6' metal clad whip. ETL-Listed.
30A:
RPC-1-30A-MC: 30A non-rackmount remote power control (7.5"L x 3.25"W x 2.75"H) with 1 twistlock outlet. 6' metal clad whip. ETL-Listed. Model No.
Description
RPC-1-20A-MC RPC-1-30A-MC RPC-1-IG-MC RPC-1-TVSS-MC
20A Hardwired Remote Power Control, 1 duplex outlet 30A Hardwired Remote Power Control, 1 twistlock outlet 20A Hardwired Remote Power Control, 1 isolated ground duplex outlet 20A Hardwired Remote Power Control with surge suppression, 1 duplex outlet
RPC-1-30A-MC with 6' metal-clad whip.
RPC-1-20A-MC includes 6' metal-clad whip.
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
4 (2) 4 (2) 4 (2) 4 (2)
Sequencers Low Voltage 4-STEP:
8-STEP:
SCS-4: 4-output, non-rackmount, chassis-style sequencer (7"L x 3.25"W x 1.5"H) provides time-delayed activation/deactivation of equipment that’s connected to RPC-series power controls. Each output activates equipment connected to a maximum of 10 remote power controls. Features LED status indicator and UL-Listed power supply. Switch with maintained closure is used to activate sequencer (pg. 64, order separately). MSM switch needed when sequencer is used with multiple switches (pg. 64, order separately).
SCS-4
SCS-8: same as above but chassis (10"L x 3.25"W x 1.5"H) has 8-outputs and unit is compatible with maintained or momentary remote switches (no external MSM needed). Model No.
Description
SCS-4 SCS-8
Low-voltage Sequencer (4-output) Low-voltage Sequencer (8-output)
SCS-8
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
3 (1.5) 3 (1.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
63
POWER VII:
SWITCHES Rackmount Switches Maintained Closure 1 LED:
RPSB-R: low-voltage, rocker switch in steel EIA panel (19"W x 1U) activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Single-pole, single-throw (SPST) switch features maintained closure for single-switch applications. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Typically used with RPC-series (stand-alone) or SCS-4 (pg. 63).
RPSB-R Rocker switch
RPSB-KR: same as above but with key switch. Model No.
Description
RPSB-R RPSB-KR
1U Rackmount Switch, 1-LED (maintained closure) rocker switch 1U Rackmount Switch, 1-LED (maintained closure) key switch
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1
1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Momentary Closure 1 LED:
RPSB-MR: low-voltage, rocker switch in steel EIA panel (19"W x 1U) activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Single-pole, single-throw (SPST) switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 1 LED status indicator and rear connection termination strips. Typically used with SCS-8 (pg. 63), SCS-4R (pg. 50) or MSM (below).
RPSB-MR
RPSB-MKR: same as above but with key switch. 2 LED:
RPSB2-MR: low-voltage, rocker switch in steel EIA panel (19"W x 1U) activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Single-pole, single-throw (SPST) switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 2 LED status indicators and rear connection termination strips (requires 4-conductor wire). Typically used with SCS8R-ASM, SCS8RK-ASM (pg. 50) or loadcenter sequencers (pg. 61).
RPSB2-MR
RPSB2-MKR: same as above but with key switch. Model No.
Description
RPSB-MR RPSB-MKR RPSB2-MR RPSB2-MKR
1U Rackmount Switch, 1-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch 1U Rackmount Switch, 1-LED (momentary closure) key switch 1U Rackmount Switch, 2-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch 1U Rackmount Switch, 2-LED (momentary closure) key switch
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Momentary Switch Module Surface-mount MSM: low-voltage switch module (for RPC and SCS-4) designed to convert a maintained switch closure (required in RPC controls) to a MOMENTARY CLOSURE function, allowing multiple switch locations. Note: sequencer model SCS-4 requires this module if used with multiple switches. Other sequencer models already include a momentary closure function. Model No.
Description
MSM
Momentary Closure Switch Module
MSM
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1
1 (.5)
Replacement Key HARDWARE:
64
RPSW-KEY: replacement keys for RPSB-K and RPSW-K models. 1-pr. Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
RPSW-KEY
Replacement Key (for RPSB-K and RPSW-K series)
1-pr
1 (.5)
Wall Plate Switches Maintained Closure 1 LED:
Typically used with RPC-series (stand-alone) or SCS-4 (pg. 63). RPSB-P: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features maintained closure for single-switch applications. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Rocker switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW-P: same as above but white plate and subplate. RPSB-KP: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features maintained closure for single-switch applications. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Key switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW-KP: same as above but white plate and subplate.
RPSW-P
Rocker switch
RPSB-KP-ASM: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate ONLY for use with sequencers that include the alternate sequence mode (ASM) option. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Key switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW-KP-ASM: same as above but white plate and subplate. Model No.
Description
RPSB-P RPSW-P RPSB-KP RPSW-KP RPSB-KP-ASM RPSW-KP-ASM
Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) rocker switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) rocker switch Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) key switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) key switch Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) key switch & ASM White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (maintained closure) key switch & ASM
RPSW-KP-ASM Key switch
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Momentary Closure 1 LED:
Typically used with SCS-8 (pg. 63), SCS-4R (pg. 50) or MSM (pg. 64). RPSB-MP: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Rocker switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW-MP: same as above but white plate and subplate. RPSB-MKP: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate, activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 1 LED status indicator (requires 3-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Key switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW-MKP same as above but white plate and subplate.
2 LED:
RPSW2-MP
Typically used with SCS8R-ASM, SCS8RK-ASM (pg. 50) or loadcenter sequencers (pg. 61). RPSB2-MP: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 2 LED status indicators (requires 4-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Rocker switch. Black plate and subplate. RPSW2-MP same as above but white plate and subplate.
RPSW2-MKP
RPSB2-MKP: low-voltage Decora-style (1-gang) wall plate activates equipment that’s connected to a remote power control. Switch features MOMENTARY closure for applications where multiple switches are used to activate equipment. Includes 2 LED status indicators (requires 4-conductor wire) and rear connection termination strips. Single Pole Single Throw (SPST). Key switch. Black plate and subplate. Typically used with SCS8R-ASM, SCS8RK-ASM (pg. 50) or loadcenter sequencers (pg. 61). RPSW2-MKP same as above but white plate and subplate. Model No.
Description
RPSB-MP RPSW-MP RPSB-MKP RPSW-MKP RPSB2-MP RPSW2-MP RPSB2-MKP RPSW2-MKP
Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (momentary closure) key switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 1-LED (momentary closure) key switch Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 2-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 2-LED (momentary closure) rocker switch Black Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 2-LED (momentary closure) key switch White Decora-style Wall Plate Switch 2-LED (momentary closure) key switch
RPSB2-MKP
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lb. (kg)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5) 1 (.5)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com). 1 rack unit = 1.75" (44.45mm).
65
AUDIO I:
PACKAGED SPEAKER SYSTEMS Open Architecture or Recessed Ceiling iMount®-series: pro-sound 12" SPEAKER:
The iMount® professional, packaged speaker system is engineered for flown or bolt-in installation in open ceiling or closed grid lay-in tile ceilings. Ready-to-install, the system includes a speaker, grille and rectangular enclosure with pre-mounted 1/4–20 forged eyebolts for secure flown installation. Some models include a transformer. The system ships with a steel cover plate over the speaker for jobsite protection during installation. Performance: professional quality, high-performance sound for entertainment venues, convention centers, hotels, restaurants, retail sites, educational facilities, arenas, airport terminals, exhibit halls, clubs and house of worship applications.
Forged eyebolts
3-cu.ft.
Speaker: two options: 12P150: 150W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver, 38 oz. LF and 7.7 oz. HF magnets. 12Q250: 250W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver, 77 oz. LF and 42 oz. HF magnets.
Black or white grille
Transformer: some models also include a transformer (see table below). The AudioVision™ transformer’s full frequency response and high power handling allows the driver to operate at full potential while providing a stable load to the amplifier. Front tap selections are covered by the grille. Two options: TLS3270: tap selections at 8, 16, 32W (70V) TLS10070: tap selections at 16, 32, 64, 100W (70V)
12-inch speakers
Enclosure/Grille: 3-cu.ft., rectangular, steel enclosure with fieldchangeable eyebolts and accessible connections (brought to 4" x 4" cover plate on top). Eyebolts can be removed for threaded-rod or strut-mount applications. Black powder epoxy finish. Perforated-steel grille in black or white.
8-inch speakers
12P150
66
Features are similar to the 12" iMount except: Speaker: two options: 8A50: 50W coaxial speaker. 8P100: 100W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver. Enclosure: 2-cu.ft. rectangular steel enclosure.
8P100
8A50
Option for plenum space with limited height: 2-cu.ft. enclosure is also available (12P150 driver only). Call for model numbers and pricing. 8" SPEAKER:
12Q250
Optional transformers TLS3270
TLS10070
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker) black grille 12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker) white grille 12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black grille 12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white grille 12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black grille 12" 150W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker) black grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker) white grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black grille 12" 250W iMount Speaker System (3-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white grille
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
61 61 58 58 61 61 75 75 72 72 75 75
8" 50W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker) black grille 8" 50W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker) white grille 8" 50W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black grille 8" 50W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker) black grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker) white grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black grille 8" 100W iMount Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white grille
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
31 31 33 33 47 47 44 44 47 47
Model No.
Description
IM-12P-3SB IM-12P-3SW IM-12P-TS32-3SB IM-12P-TS32-3SW IM-12P-TS100-3SB IM-12P-TS100-3SW IM-12Q-3SB IM-12Q-3SW IM-12Q-TS32-3SB IM-12Q-TS32-3SW IM-12Q-TS100-3SB IM-12Q-TS100-3SW IM-8A-2SB IM-8A-2SW IM-8A-TS32-2SB IM-8A-TS32-2SW IM-8P-2SB IM-8P-2SW IM-8P-TS32-2SB IM-8P-TS32-2SW IM-8P-TS100-2SB IM-8P-TS100-2SW
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
MDX-series: pro-sound 12" SPEAKER:
The MDX packaged speaker system is the “little brother” to the iMount. It combines high-performance with extraordinary value, making it ideal for budget-sensitive, commercial applications. System includes speaker, transformer, rectangular enclosure and grille. Ships ready-to-install. Performance: high-performance sound for clear music and voice reproduction in areas with medium (12-20 ft.) ceilings and medium ambient noise levels. Suitable for hotel, entertainment, restaurant, retail, education, house of worship and similar venues. Speaker: protected with cover plate during shipping/installation. Two options: 12E100T60: 100W 8 ohm coaxial speaker with horn-loaded tweeter, 30 oz. magnet. 12E100T60 with transformer: 100W coaxial speaker with 60W 70V constant-voltage transformer (tap selections at 7.5, 15, 30, 60W — located on front). Enclosure/Grille: 3-cu.ft. rectangular, steel enclosure with 1.5" thick acoustic lining, mounting tabs with provisions for 0.125" aircraft cable, and accessible connections that are brought to 4" x 4" cover plate. Black backbox with black or white perforated steel grille. Option for plenum space with limited height: 2-cu.ft. enclosure is also available. Call for model numbers and pricing.
Mounting tabs
12E100T60 with transformer.
Model No.
Description
MDX-12E-3SB MDX-12E-3SW MDX-12E-T60-3SB MDX-12E-T60-3SW
MDX Speaker System (12" 100W 3-cu.ft., 12E100T60 speaker, 8 ohm) black grille MDX Speaker System (12" 100W 3-cu.ft., 12E100T60 speaker, 8 ohm) white grille MDX Speaker System (12" 100W 3-cu.ft., 12E100T60 speaker, 60W xfmr) black grille MDX Speaker System (12" 100W 3-cu.ft., 12E100T60 speaker, 60W xfmr) white grille
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1
52 52 52 52
Open Architecture iMount® Cylinder-series: pro-sound 12" SPEAKER:
8" SPEAKER:
The iMount® Cylinder professional speaker system is engineered for flown installations (open ceiling systems). The ready-to-install system includes a speaker, enclosure and grille; some models include a transformer. Performance: professional, high-performance sound for entertainment venues, convention centers, hotels, restaurants, educational facilities, arenas, airport terminals and house of worship applications. Speaker: two options: 12P150: 150W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver, 38 oz. LF and 7.7 oz. HF magnets. 12Q250: 250W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver, 77 oz. LF and 42 oz. HF magnets. Transformer: some models include a transformer. The AudioVision™ transformer’s full frequency response and high power handling allows the speaker to operate at full potential while providing a stable load to the amplifier. Two options: TLS3270: tap selections at 8, 16, 32W (70V) TLS10070: tap selections at 16, 32, 64, 100W (70V) Enclosure/Grille: 2-cu.ft. cylindrical steel enclosure with fieldchangeable eyebolts and accessible connections brought to 4" x 4" cover plate on top. Eyebolts can be removed for threaded-rod or strut-mount applications. Grille/enclosure in black or white. Custom colors available (additional charge). Option for architectural appeal: 3-cu.ft. enclosure is also available. Call for model numbers and pricing. Features are similar to the 12" model except: Speaker: two options: 8A50: 50W coaxial speaker with 20 oz. LF, 2 oz. HF magnets. 8P100: 100W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver with 38 oz. LF, 7.7 oz. HF magnets. Enclosure: 1.25 or 2-cu.ft.
12-inch speakers
12Q250
12P150
8A50
8P100
8-inch speakers
Optional transformers
Model No.
Description
IMC-12P-2B IMC-12P-2W IMC-12P-TS32-2B IMC-12P-TS32-2W IMC-12P-TS100-2B IMC-12P-TS100-2W
12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker) black 12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker) white 12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black 12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white 12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black 12" 150W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12P150 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white
TLS3270
TLS10070
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1
35 35 35 35 39 39
67
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker) black 12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker) white 12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft.,12Q250 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black 12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white 12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black 12" 250W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 12Q250 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white
1 1 1 1 1 1
52 52 48 48 52 52
8" 50W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (1.25-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker) black 8" 50W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (1.25-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker) white 8" 50W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (1.25-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black 8" 50W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (1.25-cu.ft., 8A50 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker) black 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker) white 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) black 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr) white 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) black 8" 100W iMount Cylinder Speaker System (2-cu.ft., 8P100 speaker, TLS10070 xfmr) white
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
16 16 18 18 30 30 30 30 30 30
Model No.
Description
IMC-12Q-2B IMC-12Q-2W IMC-12Q-TS32-2B IMC-12Q-TS32-2W IMC-12Q-TS100-2B IMC-12Q-TS100-2W IMC-8A-1B IMC-8A-1W IMC-8A-TS32-1B IMC-8A-TS32-1W IMC-8P-2B IMC-8P-2W IMC-8P-TS32-2B IMC-8P-TS32-2W IMC-8P-TS100-2B IMC-8P-TS100-2W
Lay-in Drop Ceiling LT-series: pro 8" SPEAKER:
The LT speaker system is designed for fast installation in suspended tile ceilings. Two sizes: 1' x 2' assembly replaces half of a non-tegular 2' x 2' tile or one-fourth of a 2' x 4' tile; 2' x 2' assembly replaces a standard or tegular 2' x 2' tile. Assembly ships ready-to-install with speaker leads that exit through a 0.5" Romex clamp for easy field connections. Assembly is supported by T-bar grid and, where required by code, can also be secured to ceiling grid with seismic clamps or cables (not included). Each system includes factory-wired speaker mounted to a 1' x 2' or 2' x 2' subplate with grille and backbox. Some models include a transformer.
1' x 2' assembly with integral T-bar supports adjacent (cut) ceiling tile—no need for additional metal trim.
**US patent no’s. 7120269, D467579, & 7643647 (B2)
Performance: smooth musical sound reproduction for lounges, restaurants, lobbies, retail stores and similar venues. Installation: 1' x 2' assembly features patented** integral T-bar to save time and labor during installation. T-bar also provides support for adjacent (cut) ceiling tile—no need for additional metal trim. Speaker (8A50): 50W coaxial speaker (20 oz. LF, 2 oz. HF magnets). Transformer: some models include a transformer (1 of 3 options): TLM870: tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V) TLM1670A: tap selections at 4, 8, 16W (70V) TLM3270A: tap selections at 8, 16, 32W (70V) Backbox/Grille: steel 0.8-cu.ft. volume backbox (Vb) is offset in 2' x 2' systems so assembly can be rotated to accommodate plenum obstructions. Back is lined with 1.5" thick acoustic batting for extended low frequency performance. Fine perforation pattern on white steel grille blends with ceiling tile while providing excellent acoustic transparency.
68
6" SPEAKER:
Features are similar to the 8" model except: Speaker (6A40): 8 ohm 40W coaxial speaker (10 oz. LF, 2 oz. HF magnets).
4" SPEAKER:
Features are similar to the 8" model except: Speaker (4A30): 8 ohm 30W coaxial speaker (10 oz. LF, 2 oz. HF magnets).
Backbox is offset on 2' x 2' assembly to accommodate plenum obstructions.
4A30
Model No.
Description
LT-8A-Vb LT-8A-T870-Vb LT-8A-TM16-Vb LT-8A-TM32-Vb LT2-8A-Vb LT2-8A-T870-Vb LT2-8A-TM16-Vb LT2-8A-TM32-Vb LT-6A-Vb LT-6A-T870-Vb LT-6A-TM16-Vb LT-4A-Vb LT-4A-T870-Vb
8" 50W 1x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, 8 ohm, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 1x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 1x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 1x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM3270A xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 2x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, 8 ohm, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 2x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 2x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 50W 2x2 LT Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM3270A xfmr, Vb backbox) 6" 40W 1x2 LT Speaker System (6A40 speaker, Vb backbox) 6" 40W 1x2 LT Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, Vb backbox) 6" 40W 1x2 LT Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, Vb backbox) 4" 30W 1x2 LT Speaker System (4A30 speaker, 8 ohm, Vb backbox) 4" 30W 1x2 LT Speaker System (4A30 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, Vb backbox)
6A40
TLM870
TLM1670A
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
20 21 23 23 50 50 52 54 17 20 21 17 20
8A50
TLM3270A
LT-series: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
The LT speaker system is designed for fast installation in suspended tile ceilings. Two sizes: 1' x 2' assembly replaces half of a non-tegular 2' x 2' tile or one-fourth of a 2' x 4' tile; 2' x 2' assembly replaces a standard or tegular 2' x 2' tile. Assembly ships ready-to-install with speaker leads that exit through a 0.5" Romex clamp for easy field connections. Assembly is supported by T-bar grid and, where required by code, can also be secured to ceiling grid with seismic clamps or cables (not included). Each system includes factory-wired speaker mounted to a 1' x 2' or 2' x 2' subplate with grille and backbox. Some models include a transformer.
1' x 2' assembly with “No backbox” option (infinite baffle).
**US patent nos. 7120269, D467579, & 7643647-B2
Performance: systems with CT830-speaker/8XD4-backbox combination are suitable for music performance applications (lounges, lobbies, etc.). Systems with 805 or 810 speaker (with or without backbox) are for commercial paging and background music. Installation: 1' x 2' assembly features patented** integral T-bar to save time and labor during installation. T-bar also provides support for adjacent (cut) ceiling tile—no need for additional metal trim. Speaker: three options: 805: 12W dual cone speaker with 5 oz. magnet 810: 15W dual cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet CT830: 20W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets.
1' x 2' assembly with Vb backbox. 2' x 2' assembly with backbox 8XD4. Backbox is offset to accommodate plenum obstructions.
Transformer: some systems include a transformer (3 options): TLM572: tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W (70/25V) TLM870: tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V) TLM1670A: tap selections at 4, 8, 16W (70V) Backbox/Grille: fine perforation, white steel grille blends with ceiling tile and provides excellent acoustic transparency. Three options: Vb: 0.8-cu.ft. steel backbox lined with 1.5" acoustic batting for extended low frequency performance. BB: 0.147-cu.ft. steel backbox with polyurethane foam disc to reduce acoustical and mechanical resonace. No backbox infinite baffle. 4" SPEAKER:
805
810
CT830
JR410
Features are similar to the 8" model except: Performance: for commercial paging and background music. Speaker (JR410): 15W high-compliance speaker with 10 oz. magnet. Backbox (BB): 0.147-cu.ft. steel backbox with polyurethane foam disc to reduce acoustical and mechanical resonance.
TLM572
TLM870
TLM1670A
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Model No.
Description
LT-805-BB LT-805-72-BB LT-810 LT-810-72 LT-810-BB LT-810-72-BB LT-830-870 LT-830-BB LT-830-870-BB LT2-810-BB LT2-810-72BB LT2-830-T870-Vb LT2-830-TM16-Vb
8" 12W 1x2 LT Speaker System (805 speaker, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 12W 1x2 LT Speaker System (805 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, no backbox) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, no backbox) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 20W 1x2 LT Speaker System (CT830 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, no backbox) 8" 20W 1x2 LT Speaker System (CT830 speaker, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 20W 1x2 LT Speaker System (CT830 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 15W 2x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 15W 2x2 LT Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox) 8" 20W 2x2 LT Speaker System (CT830 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, Vb backbox) 8" 20W 2x2 LT Speaker System (CT830 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, Vb backbox)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
22 24 18 20 20 24 20 20 24 36 36 54 50
LT-410-72-BB LT-410-870-BB
4" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox) 4" 15W 1x2 LT Speaker System (JR410 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox)
2 2
22 22
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
69
Recessed Ceiling CN-PRO & CN-PRO-EL-series: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
Ready-to-install system with speaker premounted to inner flange of backbox. Speaker leads exit through 0.5" Romex clamp for easy field connections. Two styles of backbox are offered to accommodate tile, sheetrock or plaster applications. System includes speaker, backbox and grille. Some models include a transformer. Performance: high-performance system provides excellent power handling, low distortion and smooth sound for music and paging. Speaker (8A50): 8" 50W 8 ohm coaxial speaker with 20 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets.
CN8A-IX10
Transformer: some models include a transformer. Three options: TLM870: tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V) TLM1670A: tap selections at 4, 8, 16W (70V ) TLM3270A: tap selections at 8, 16, 32W (70V) Backbox/Grille: non-loadbearing, contoured profile, steel grille (12.5" dia.) with fine perforation screen and torsion hardware, white. Steel backbox (10"D) lined with 1.5" thick acoustic batting, black. Two options: IX810: flat mounting flange for acoustic tile (10" dia). IX810EL: mounting flange with extended lip for cutout openings in sheetrock or plaster. 6" SPEAKER:
Similar to the 8" model except: Speaker (6A40): 40W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF, 2 oz. HF magnets. Backbox: 10" dia. 10"D steel backbox lined with 1.5" thick acoustic batting. Black. Two models: IX610: flat mounting flange for acoustic tile. IX610EL: mounting flange with extended lip for cutout openings in sheetrock or plaster.
TILE BRIDGE:
6A40
8A50
TLM870
TLM1670A
TLM3270A
Flange style suits different applications.
Flat flange for acoustic tile.
Extended lip for sheetrock or plaster.
LBS8R1: recommended for all applications to transfer weight of assembly to ceiling support grid. Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
8" 50W CN Pro Speaker System (8A50 speaker, 8 ohm, IX810 backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, IX810 backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, IX810 backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM3270A xfmr, IX810 backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (8A50 speaker, 8 ohm, IX810EL backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, IX810EL backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, IX810EL backbox) 8" 50W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (8A50 speaker, TLM3270A xfmr, IX810EL backbox)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
14 15 16 17 11 12 13 13
6" 40W CN Pro Speaker System (6A40 speaker, 8 ohm, IX610 backbox) 6" 40W CN Pro Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, IX610 backbox) 6" 40W CN Pro Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, IX610 backbox) 6" 40W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (6A40 speaker, 8ohm, IX610EL backbox) 6" 40W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, IX610EL backbox) 6" 40W CN Pro-EL Speaker System (6A40 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr, IX610EL backbox) Tile Bridge (for 6" or 8" speaker assembly)
1 1 1 1 1 1 10
12 13 15 10 11 12 17
Model No.
Description
CN-8A-IX10 CN-8AT870-IX10 CN-8ATM16-IX10 CN-8ATM32-IX10 CN-8A-IX10EL CN-8AT870-IX10EL CN-8ATM16-IX10EL CN-8ATM32-IX10EL CN-6A-IX10 CN-6AT870-IX10 CN-6ATM16-IX10 CN-6A-IX10EL CN-6AT870-IX10EL CN-6ATM16-IX10EL LBS8R1
RPAK-kit: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
70
Economical ceiling speaker system packaged in a single box. Includes (2) speakers, each with a factory-wired dual-voltage transformer mounted to a steel grille, (2) backboxes and (2) tile bridges. Performance: general purpose paging and distributed music for commercial venues. Speaker/Transformer (810/TLM572): 15W dual-cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet and transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W (70/25V). Backbox/Grille (8XD4/WB8): 0.147-cu.ft., slightly tapered steel backbox with polyurethane foam disc to reduce acoustical and mechanical resonace, black. White steel grille premounted to speaker. Tile Bridge (LBS8R1): transfers weight of speaker assembly to ceiling support grid. Galvanized steel (23.75"L) with round opening.
The RPAK includes 2 speakers with transformers and grilles, 2 backboxes and 2 tile bridges.
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Model No.
Description
RPAK-81072
8" RPAK speaker system (2 ea: 810 driver, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 backbox, LBS8R1 bridge) 1
17
Surface: Wall-mount OS-series: high-fidelity indoor/outdoor music 100W:
OS-100-TB or OS-100-TW: compact, all-weather speaker assembly has molded plastic housing with fine-mesh aluminum grille and aluminum Ustyle mounting bracket with 90˚ horizontal/vertical rotation. Easy installation features include (4 conductor) Phoenix connections with weather-protective boot, slots to connect to a single gang E.O. box and rear switch for 8 ohm or transformer tap selection. Imported. Performance: excellent sound reproduction at 8 ohms or 25V, 70V, or 100V for indoor or outdoor music applications in professional, commercial, educational or residential use. Speaker/Transformer: 2-way, 100W speaker with 6" mica-coated woofer with rubber surround, and 1" silk-domed tweeter. Transformer tap selections: 0.94, 1.9, 3.8, 7.5W @ 25V; 7.5, 15, 30W, 60W @ 70V; or 15, 30, 60W @ 100V.
OS-series speakers are ideal for indoor/outdoor applications.
Enclosure/Grille: curved plastic housing with weather-resistant terminal cover and (U-style) aluminum mounting bracket. Black or white. Fine mesh aluminum grille matches enclosure. 50W:
OS-50-TB or OS-50-TW: similar to 100W model except: Speaker/Transformer: 2-way, 50W speaker with 5.25" polypropylene-coated woofer with rubber surround, and 0.5" PEI tweeter. Transformer tap selections: 0.23, 0.47, 0.94, 1.9W (25V); 1.9, 3.8, 7.5, 15W (70V); or 3.8, 7.5, 15W (100V).
OPTIONS:
Omni-directional bracket (OS-BRKT-B or OS-BRKT-W): provides more versatility than the U-style mounting bracket. Black or white powder-coated steel. Model No.
Description
OS-100-TB OS-100-TW OS-50-TB OS-50-TW OS-BRKT-B OS-BRKT-W
100W OS Speaker System (black) 100W OS Speaker System (white) 50W OS Speaker System (black) 50W OS Speaker System (white) Omni-directional Bracket (black) Omni-directional Bracket (white)
Optional “omnidirectional” bracket adds mounting versatility.
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1
6 6 6 6 2 2
DSL & DSQ-series: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
DSL-810-72: easy-to-install, 15W speaker features dual-voltage transformer, surface-mount backbox with sloped front, and grille. Performance: paging and background music for classrooms, medical offices and similar venues. Speaker (810): 15W dual-cone driver with 10 oz. magnet. Transformer (TLM572): dual-voltage transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V. Backbox/Grille: surface-mount, steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting on back, features universal mounting hole pattern with knockouts for (500-series) wire-mold top and bottom. Perforated steel grille with beveled edges. 11.3"H x 11.5"W x 5.25"D (top) 3"D (bottom). Network Grey finish. DSQ-810-72: easy-to-install, 15W speaker features dual-voltage transformer, surface-mount backbox with square front, and grille. Performance: paging and background music for classrooms, medical offices and similar venues. Speaker (810): 15W dual-cone driver with 10 oz. magnet. Transformer (TLM572): dual-voltage transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V. Backbox/Grille: surface-mount, steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting on back, features universal mounting hole pattern with knockouts for (500-series) wire-mold top and bottom. Perforated steel grille with beveled edges. 11.3"H x 11.5"W x 4"D. Network Grey finish.
DSQ81072 (square front).
DSL81072 (sloped front).
Model No.
Description
DSL-810-72 DSQ-810-72
8" 15W DSL Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, sloped-front box) grey 8" 15W DSL Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, square-front box) grey
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
2 2
18 16
71
SL-series: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
Easy-to-install 15W speaker system features speaker, dual-voltage transformer, open-back and fabric grille. Performance: paging and background music for classrooms, medical facilities and similar venues.
Walnut laminate finish with black fabric grille.
Speaker (810): 15W dual-cone driver with 10 oz. magnet. Transformer (TLM572): dual-voltage transformer, tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V. Baffle/Grille: surface-mount baffle (particle board with walnut laminate) has open-back, sloped front and black fabric grille. 10.55"H x 9.47"W x 5.5"D (top), 3.625"D (bottom). Includes rear hanger bracket with keyhole opening at top center. Optional volume control knob.
810
TLM572 Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Model No.
Description
SL-810-72 SL-810-72-K
8" 15W SL Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, SL8W baffle) 2 8" 15W SL Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, SL8W baffle, volume control knob) 2
13 13
Surface: Open Beam BC-810-72: music/paging 8" SPEAKER:
The BC (beam clamp) 8" speaker system includes a speaker, transformer, steel grille and backbox with clamps to attach to beams or girders in open structure ceilings. Performance: high quality, indoor/outdoor music applications for professional, commercial, educational or residential use. Speaker (810): 15W dual-cone driver with 10 oz. magnet. Transformer (TLM572): dual-voltage transformer, tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W (70/25V). Leads exit through 0.5" Romex clamp for easy field connections.
BC-810-72 front and back.
Backbox (8XD4): includes 2 clamps. Grille: perforated steel grille, white. Model No.
Description
BC-810-72
8" 15W BC Speaker System (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, 8XD4 box with clamps)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
4
24
Surface: Horn LH-series: paging 30W HORN:
LH-30T: re-entrant, metal horn with high-efficiency compression driver and dual-voltage (25/70V) transformer, suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. System includes horn, speaker, transformer and universal swivel mounting bracket. Performance: clear voice and tone reproduction for paging, public address and signaling in schools, warehouses, recreational complexes, distribution centers, parking structures and commercial buildings. Driver: 30W compression driver. Transformer: high-quality, dual-voltage transformer with protective cover and built-in strain relief. Tap selections at 1.8W, 3.7W, 7.5W, 15.0W, 30.0W (70V) or 1.8W, 3.7W, 7.0W, 15.0W (25V) – screwdriver adjustable.
LH-30T
Assembly: weather-resistant for indoor/outdoor use. Universal swivel mounting bracket. Easy, 2-wire hookup to rear access screw terminals. 10" diameter (10.5"H x 10.5"D). Grey finish. Mounting Bracket Base: (2.875" dia.) with 3 equally spaced holes for 1/4–20 hardware.
15W HORN:
72
LH-15T: similar features to the 30W model except: Driver: 15W compression driver. Transformer: high-quality, dual-voltage transformer with protective cover and built-in strain relief. Tap selections at 0.9W, 1.8W, 3.8W, 7.5W, 15.0W, (70V) or 0.48W, 0.94W, 1.8W, 7.5W, 15.0W (25V) – screwdriver adjustable. Assembly: 8.5" diameter (9"H x 9.25"D). Model No.
Description
LH-30T LH-15T
30W LH Paging Horn (30W driver, 25/70V xfmr) grey 15W LH Paging Horn (15W driver, 25/70V xfmr) grey
LH-15T
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6
36 30
UNIHORN®: paging 8" HORN:
LUH-15T: the UNIHORN® is a premium quality, re-entrant horn that’s designed for almost any application. It can be used indoors or outdoors, in recessed or surface applications, and with clamp or screw-type mounts. Simple 2-wire hookup to rear-access cable clamp, dual capacitor circuitry and 105dB SPL (1W1M) make this ideal for standard or supervised fire-protective paging and signaling. No visible hardware. All-in-one package includes horn with housing and aluminum trim ring/grille. Network Grey powder epoxy finish.
The Unihorn (LUH-15T) includes the horn and grille with trim ring.
Ratings: UL-Listed 1480 (5th edition) for Fire Protective Signaling (horn and grille). UL 2043 rated without a backbox for use in air handling spaces. Meets NFPA 72A and California State Fire Marshall code. Performance: clear voice and tone reproduction for paging, public address and signaling in schools, warehouses, recreational complexes, distribution centers, parking structures and commercial sites. Driver: 15W compression driver. Transformer: 70/25V transformer with tap selections at 0.9, 1.8, 3.8, 7.5, 15 (70V) and 0.48, 0.94, 1.8, 7.5, 15 (25V). Screwdriveradjustable. Front and rear accessible transformer selector switch. Housing: cast-aluminum housing (less than 4"D) with flanged front, moisture-sealed rear cover and contoured aluminum trim ring (9.6" diameter). Grille: press-fit aluminum grille (8.02" diameter).
Optional vandal-resistant grille (LUH-VRG).
Optional spanner head screwdriver (HRP832).
Installation: unit depth is less than 4" for labor-saving installation in drywall, plaster, acoustic tile, brick or concrete block installations (will fit into a 4"D backbox if needed). Installs into new or retrofit areas with adjustable clamps (dogs) or screws. Connections are made through rear metal clamp. Versatility: although a press-fit grille is included, the UNIHORN will also accept a standard 8" screw-mount grille and backbox if desired. Holes are positioned to accept a variety of grilles and backboxes on 8" EIA spacing that may have been written into specifications. See UNIHORN® specification sheet for more information. OPTIONS:
Vandal-resistant Grille (LUH-VRG): rugged, cast-aluminum grille (8.02" diameter) with secondary stainless steel barrier screen to protect the UNIHORN® from damage. Ideal for detention or correctional facilities, transportation terminals, manufacturing sites, schools, hospitals and distribution centers. Includes holes and stainless steel spanner screws to mount directly to 9.6" diameter trim ring. Network Grey. Spanner Head Screwdriver (HRP832): for 8-32 spanner screws on vandal-resistant grille.
Optional stainless steel backbox (LUH-BOX) for installations subject to extreme environments.
Optional trim plate (LUH-TP) covers rough openings in recessed installations.
Stainless Steel Backbox (LUH-BOX): universal (surface or recessed) backbox for extreme environment installations. Back is punched with universal mounting pattern to install in a 4" (square or oblong) 1 or 2gang E.O. box. The LUH-BOX includes a rear (0.375") hole with grommet for wire access and 4 (0.875") conduit knockouts (1 per side). Backbox is 10.5" square x 4"D. Network Grey. Aluminum Trim Plate (LUH-TP): covers rough openings in recessed installations (11.5" square). Tile Bridge (LUH-TBAR): distributes weight of horn assembly when installed in acoustic tile ceilings.
Model No.
LUH-15T LUH-VRG HRP832 LUH-BOX LUH-TP LUH-TBAR
Optional tile bridge (LUH-TBAR) distributes assembly weight in acoustic tile ceilings.
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Description ®
15W UNIHORN Speaker System (15W horn, grille, trim ring) Vandal-resistant Grille (for UNIHORN) Spanner Head Screwdriver Stainless Steel Backbox (for UNIHORN) Trim Plate (for UNIHORN) Tile Bridge (for UNIHORN)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
1 10 1 1 1 1
7 20 1 6 2 2
73
AUDIO II:
UL 1480 GRILLE / SPEAKER / XFMR ASSEMBLIES Fire-protective Signaling ULD, ULS, & ULT-series Important: to maintain UL-Listing, speaker assembly must be used with an approved UL-Listed backbox and compatible control equipment. Order separately. 8" SPEAKER:
ULD-series: provides clear signal for indoor alarm or voice communication in emergency warning systems or general public address in high-rise hotels, schools, apartment complexes and similar venues. Conforms to NFPA Standard 72A and is listed under UL1480 (5th edition) Fire Protective Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Includes speaker (15W dual voice coil), transformer (2 factory-wired dual-voltage transformers with DC blocking capacitor on 1 input, taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V) and grille (round or square steel, white). ULS-series: provides clear signal for indoor alarm or voice communication in emergency warning systems or general public address in high-rise hotels, schools, apartment complexes and similar venues. Conforms to NFPA Standard 72A and is listed under UL1480 (5th edition) Fire Protective Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Includes speaker (15W single voice coil, dual-cone), transformer (1 factory-wired dual-voltage transformer with DC blocking capacitor, taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V) and grille (round or square steel, white).
BACKBOX:
ULD-WB8-2T572
ULD-SG8-2T572
ULS-SG8-CT572
ULS-WB8-CT572
Approved Backboxes: for 8-inch speaker assembly with ROUND grille: UL-CP84: recessed, round steel backbox with extended lip for drywall or plaster applications. 11.94" dia. x 4.06"D. Black. UL-XCP84-S: recessed, round steel backbox with flat lip for tile ceilings. Includes flexible straps to secure backbox where required by code. 10.06" dia. x 4.06"D. Black.
UL- CP84
UL-P68X
Approved Backboxes: for 8-inch speaker assembly with SQUARE grille: UL-P68X: recessed, square steel backbox,10" sq. x 4"D. Black. UL-CB84-SG: surface-mount, square steel acoustic backbox, 11.5" square x 4"D. White. 4" SPEAKER:
BACKBOX:
ULT-series: delivers excellent sensitivity per UL measurement standard (2 watts at 10 ft.) for emergency communications in schools, apartment complexes and similar venues. Conforms to NFPA Standard 72A and is listed under UL1480 (5th edition) Fire Protective Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Assembly includes speaker (15W high-compliance cone speaker), transformer (dual-voltage with parallel input leads and DC-blocking capacitor, taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and steel grille (round or square, white).
UL-CB84-SG
UL-XCP84-S
ULT-SG4-CT572
ULT-WB4-CT572
Approved Backbox: for 4-inch speaker assembly with ROUND grille: UL-CP4: recessed, steel backbox with extended lip for drywall or plaster applications. 6.3" dia. x 4.125"D. Black. Approved Backboxes: for 4-inch speaker assembly with SQUARE grille: UL-P625X: recessed, steel backbox 6.25" sq. x 4"D. Black. UL-CB44: surface, steel backbox 7.125" sq. x 4.375"D. White.
UL-CP4
Model No.
Description
ULD-WB8-2T572 ULD-SG8-2T572 ULS-WB8-CT572 ULS-SG8-CT572 ULT-WB4-CT572 ULT-SG4-CT572
8" 15W ULD Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (dual voice coil speaker, 2 xfmrs, round grille) 8" 15W ULD Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (dual voice coil speaker, 2 xfmrs, square grille) 8" 15W ULS Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (single voice coil speaker, xfmr, round grille) 8" 15W ULS Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (single voice coil speaker, xfmr, square grille) 4" 15W ULT Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (speaker, xfmr, round grille) 4" 15W ULT Fire Protective Signaling Assembly (speaker, xfmr, square grille)
UL-CB44
UL-P625X
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 6 6 8 8
29 26 29 26 19 19
5 5 5 6 12 12 12
18 15 20 35 17 26 35
APPROVED BACKBOXES:
74
UL-CP84 UL-XCP84-S UL-P68X UL-CB84-SG UL-CP4 UL-P625X UL-CB44
Round Recessed Backbox (for 8" assembly, extended lip, black) Round Recessed Backbox (for 8" assembly, flat lip, black, with straps) Square Recessed Backbox (for 8" assembly, black) Square Surface Acoustic Backbox (for 8" assembly, white) Round Recessed Backbox (for 4" assembly, extended lip, black) Square Recessed Backbox (for 4" assembly, black) Square Surface-mount Backbox (for 4" assembly, white)
General Signaling WB12-series Important: to maintain UL-Listing, speaker assembly must be used with approved UL-Listed backbox and compatible control equipment; order separately. 12" SPEAKER:
WB12-12P150: for high ceiling applications that require high energy (clubs, sports bars, airport terminals, hotel ballrooms and convention centers). Listed under UL1480 General Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Includes speaker (12P150: 150W coaxial speaker with high frequency compression driver, 38 oz. LF and 7.7 oz. HF magnets) and grille (WB12: round steel, white).
BACKBOX:
Approved Backbox: for 12-inch speaker assembly with ROUND grille: ULXCP1210-TM100: recessed, round, steel backbox lined with 1.5" acoustic batting. 14.38" dia. x 10.5"D. Backbox includes bracket with pre-mounted transformer (TLM10070A: tap selections at 16, 32, 64, 100W @ 70V).
WB12-12P150
ULXCP1210-TM100
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Model No.
Description
WB12-12P150
12" 150W General Signaling Assembly (12P150 speaker, round grille)
1
15
Round Recessed Backbox (backbox includes pre-mounted TLM10070A xfmr)
1
12
APPROVED BACKBOX:
ULXCP1210-TM100
WB8 & WB4-series Important: to maintain UL-Listing, speaker assembly must be used with approved UL-Listed backbox and compatible control equipment; order separately. 8" SPEAKER:
WB8-8A50-T870: high quality music or paging in mid to large-size venues (hotel lobbies, restaurants, department stores and similar applications). Ready-to-install unit is listed under UL1480 General Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Assembly includes speaker (8A50: 50W coaxial speaker with 20 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets), transformer (TLM870: tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V), and grille (WB8: round steel, white).
BACKBOX:
Approved Backbox: for 8-inch speaker assembly with ROUND grille: ULXCP87: recessed, steel backbox with 1.5" thick acoustic batting. 11.94" dia. x 6.69"D. Black.
4" SPEAKER:
BACKBOX:
WB4-series: high quality music or paging for hotels, restaurants, department stores, airport terminals and similar venues. Listed under UL1480 General Signaling and UL2043 for plenum use. Assembly includes speaker (4A30: 30W coaxial with tweeter, 10 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets), transformer (TLM870: tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V) and attached round, steel grille, white. Available with two grille options: WB4-4A30-T870: assembly with screw-mount grille. WB4T-4A30-T870: assembly with torsion-mount grille.
ULXCP87
WB8-8A50-T870
WB4-4A30-T870
WB4T-4A30-T870
ULDX104
ULDX104T
Approved Backboxes: for 4-inch speaker assembly with ROUND grille: UL-DX104: recessed, round, steel backbox. 6.19" dia. x 6.75"D. Black. (Screw-mount for use with assembly WB4-4A30-T870). UL-DX104T: recessed, round, steel backbox. 6.19" dia. x 6.75"D. Black. (Torsion-mount for use with assembly WB4T-4A30-T870).
Model No.
Description
WB8-8A50-T870 WB4-4A30-T870 WB4T-4A30-T870
8" 50W General Signaling Assembly (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, round grille) 4" 30W General Signaling Assembly (4A30 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, round grille, screw-mount) 4" 30W General Signaling Assembly (4A30 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, round grille, torsion-mount)
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
6 6 6
30 18 18
3 8 8
12 32 32
APPROVED BACKBOXES:
UL-XCP87 UL-DX104 UL-DX104T
Round Recessed Backbox (for 8" assembly, black) Round Recessed Backbox (for 4" assembly, screw-mount, black) Round Recessed Backbox (for 4" assembly, torsion-mount, black)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
75
AUDIO III:
GRILLE / SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES ( /-) xfmr +
Assembly with Round Grille C1830, R1805, R1810, RT1810, D1410 & D3410-series: 8" SPEAKER:
C1830-870: wide dispersion and clear intelligibility. Includes: speaker CT830 (20W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets), transformer TLM870 (tap selections 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V), and grille WB8 (round, steel, screw-mount, white). R1805-72: general purpose paging and distributed music. Includes: speaker 805 (12W dual-cone with 5 oz. magnet), transformer TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and grille (round, steel, screwmount, white).
R1805-72-K: same as above but with volume control knob. R1805-72-S: same as above but with volume control screw. R1810: general purpose paging and distributed music. Includes: speaker
C1830-870
R1805-72
R1810-72
WB8
810 (8 ohm 15W dual cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet), and grille WB8 (round, steel, screw-mount, white).
R1810-72: general purpose paging and distributed music. Includes: speaker 810 (8 ohm 15W dual cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet), transformer TLM572 (dual-voltage, taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and grille WB8 (round, steel, screw-mount, white). R1810-72-K: same as above but with volume control knob. R1810-72-S: same as above but with volume control screw. RT1810-72: same as R1810-72 but with torsion-mount grille.
4" SPEAKER:
D1410-72
D1410-72: full fidelity sound with very wide dispersion (170˚) for clear intelligibility. Includes: speaker JR410 (15W high-compliance speaker with 10 oz. magnet), transformer TLM572 (taps 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and grille WB4 (round, steel, screw-mount, white).
CN4
WB4
D3410-72: same as above but with grille CN4 (torsion-mount). Model No.
Description
C1830-870 R1805-72 R1805-72-K R1805-72-S R1810 R1810-72 R1810-72-K R1810-72-S RT1810-72 D1410-72 D3410-72
8" 15W Speaker Assembly (CT830 speaker, TLM870 xfmr, WB8 grille) 8" 12W Speaker Assembly (805 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille) 8" 12W Speaker Assembly (805 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille & volume control knob) 8" 12W Speaker Assembly (805 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille & volume control screw) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 speaker, WB8 grille) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille & volume control knob) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB8 grille & volume control screw) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB-8T torsion-mount grille) 4" 15W Speaker Assembly (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, WB4 grille) 4" 15W Speaker Assembly (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, CN4 torsion-mount grille)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 4 6 6 6 4 6 6 12 12
29 24 16 24 28 28 18 28 28 22 40
Assembly with Square Grille R7810 & D6410-series:
76
8" SPEAKER:
R7810-series: general purpose paging and distributed music. Includes: speaker 810 (15W dual-cone with 10 oz. magnet), transformer TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and grille SG8 (square, steel, screw-mount, white, with optional volume control knob in center).
4" SPEAKER:
D6410-72: full fidelity sound with very wide dispersion (170˚) for clear intelligibility. Includes: speaker JR410 (15W high-compliance with 10 oz. magnet), transformer TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V) and grille SG4 (square, steel, screw-mount, white).
D6410-72
Model No.
Description
R7810-72 R7810-72K D6410-72
8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 driver, TLM572 xfmr, SG8 grille) 8" 15W Speaker Assembly (810 driver, TLM572 xfmr, SG8 grille & volume control knob) 4" 15W Speaker Assembly (JR410 driver, TLM572 xfmr, SG4 grille)
R7810-72
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 6
21 21 22
AUDIO IV:
SOUND-MASKING Drop Ceiling: Lay-in LT-series: music/paging/sound-masking 8" SPKR (1x2):
OPTIONS:
The LT paging/masking system is a single-system solution for paging and masking. The 1' x 2' assembly replaces half of (non-tegular) 2' x 2' ceiling tile. Ideal for applications where ceiling to deck space is limited. Includes 2 speakers with transformers, 1' x 2' subplate with grille and partitioned backbox. Ships ready-to-install. Performance: paging driver fires down to provide clear voice transmission, masking driver fires up to shape background sound levels for improved privacy/productivity in open environments with drop ceilings. Installation: one-piece design, patented* integral T-bar saves installation time and labor. T-bar also provides support for adjacent (cut) ceiling tile—no need for additional metal trim. Speaker/Transformer: 2 (15W) dual-cone speakers and transformer TLM572 (70V leads wired for taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W). Backbox/Grille: 23.75"L x 10.5"W x 6"H, partitioned to provide 700 cu.in. volume for each speaker. Lined with 1.5" thick fiberglass. White steel grille with fine perforation blends with ceiling tile.
*US patents 7120269, D467579, 7643647-B2, & 6950526
LT-810-SM810
The 1' x 2' assembly has a patented, integral T-bar that supports the adjacent (cut) ceiling tile—no need for additional metal trim.
Volume Adjustment Control: located on the masking speaker, adjustment is useful near bleed-through areas like air returns or light fixtures. Two options: Rotary Switch (RS): transformer tap selector with knob control. Volume Control (VL): 50 ohm potentiometer, shaft-adjust control.
8" SPKR (2x2):
Includes (2) drivers & transformers.
Replaces standard 2' x 2' ceiling tile. Features are similar to 1' x 2' models except backbox is offset to accommodate plenum obstructions.
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
Model No.
Description
LT-810-SM810 LT-810-SM810-RS LT-810-SM810-VL LT2-810-SM810 LT2-810-SM810-RS LT2-810-SM810-VL
8" 15W 1x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille & RS) 8" 15W 1x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille & VL) 8" 15W 2x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille) 8" 15W 2x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille & RS) 8" 15W 2x2 LT Paging/Masking Speaker System (2 speakers, 2 xfmrs, backbox, grille & VL)
1 1 1 2 2 2
21 22 22 53 53 53
Drop Ceiling: Grid-mount SMTGM-series: sound-masking 8" SPKR (1x2):
OPTIONS:
4" SPKR (1x2):
SMTGM masking grid-mount speaker sits above ceiling tile, includes speaker, transformer, backbox and grille with optional volume control. Performance: masking speaker shapes background sound levels to aid conversational privacy/productivity in open areas with drop ceilings. Speaker/Transformer (810/TLM572): 8" 15W dual cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet. Transformer taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W (70V). Backbox/Grille : 700 cu.in. (6"H) backbox mounted to tray that hooks over 24" centers of T-bar grid, suspends unit over ceiling tile. If needed, tray assembly can be secured to grid using tech screws (not included). Black. Volume Adjustment Control: located on the masking speaker, adjustment is useful near bleed-through areas like air returns or light fixtures. Two options: Rotary Switch (RS): transformer tap selector with knob control. Volume Control (VL): 50 ohm potentiometer, shaft-adjust control. Similar features to the 8" model except it has 4" 15W high-compliance speaker with broader dispersion angle for reduced spaces.
SMTGM with optional rotary switch.
Model No.
Description
SMTGM-810 SMTGM-810-RS SMTGM-810-VL SMTGM-410 SMTGM-410-RS SMTGM-410-VL
8" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 8" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, RS) 8" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, VL) 4" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 4" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, RS) 4" 15W 1x2 SMTGM Masking Grid-mount Speaker (JR410 speaker, TLM572 xfmr, VL)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
TLM572
810
JR410
Former No.
Carton Pack
SMLT810 SMLT810RS SMLT810VL SMLT410 SMLT410RS SMLT410VL
2 2 2 2 2 2
Carton Wt. lbs.
26 26 26 26 26 26
77
Above Ceiling SM-series: sound-masking 8" SPEAKER:
Fully assembled sound masking system provides sound dispersion in above-ceiling applications. Ready-to-install assemblies can be mounted aiming up, down or sideways. Includes factory-wired speaker with 70V transformer and externally exposed 4" strain-relieved leads mounted in a backbox with perforated grille, plus 4-ft. chain, S-hook and rigid wire hanger for kink-free, single-point suspension. SM-601 series (12W): includes speaker 805 (8" 12W dual cone, 5 oz. magnet), transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5W, steel backbox (325 cu.in. cylinder) with perforated grille. Black.
SM-601-70-RS
SM-802 series (15W): can also be suspended from structural deck for horizontal sound dispersion. Includes speaker 810 (8" 15W dual cone, 10 oz. magnet), transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5W, steel backbox (671 cu.in. cylinder) with perforated grille. Black.
SM-802-70-RSBX
Pre-mounted wire hanger speeds installation.
SM-803 series (20W): can also be suspended from structural deck for horizontal sound dispersion. Includes speaker CT830 (8" 20W coaxial, 10 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets), transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5W, steel backbox (671 cu.in. cylinder) with perforated grille. Black. SM-810 series (15W): includes speaker 810 (8" 15W dual cone, 10 oz. magnet), transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5W, and steel backbox (700 cu.in. square) with perforated grille. Black. OPTIONS:
SM-803-70-RSBX
SM-810
Options available in select models as indicated in table below. Rotary Switch (RS): transformer tap selector with knob control for volume adjustment, useful near bleed-through areas like air returns or light fixtures. Grille Box (BX): electrical box with cover and knockouts if splice box is desired, or for 0.5" conduit for plenum areas where code requires conduit connections.
805
810
TLM572
CT830
Model No.
Description
SM-601-70 SM-601-70-RS SM-802-70-RS SM-802-70-BX SM-802-70-RSBX SM-803-70-RS SM-803-70-BX SM-803-70-RSBX SM-810 SM-810-RS
8" 12W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, 805 speaker, 70V xmfr) 8" 12W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, 805 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS) 8" 15W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, 810 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS) 8" 15W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, 810 speaker, 70V xmfr, BX) 8" 15W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, 810 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS & BX) 8" 20W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, CT830 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS) 8" 20W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, CT830 speaker, 70V xmfr, BX) 8" 20W SM Sound Masking Assembly (cylindrical, CT830 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS & BX) 8" 15W SM Sound Masking Assembly (square, 810 speaker, 70V xmfr) 8" 15W SM Sound Masking Assembly (square, 810 speaker, 70V xmfr, RS)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2
26 26 38 38 38 36 36 36 20 20
Electronics SMG-series: sound-masking generator COMPACT:
SMG-1: 5"W x 6"L digital pink or white noise signal generator (without amplifier), with balanced line or mic level (Low-Z) and high impedance (HiZ) outputs. Drives external devices such as equalizers or amplifiers. Includes barrier strip connections. Black.
RACKMOUNT:
SMG-1R: 19"W x 5"D x 1U digital pink or white noise signal generator (without amplifier), with balanced line or mic level (Low-Z) and high impedance (Hi-Z) outputs. Drives external devices such as equalizers or amplifiers. Includes barrier strip connections. Black.
SMG-1
SMG-1R
78
Model No.
Description
SMG-1 SMG-1R
Sound-masking Generator (compact) Sound-masking Generator (rackmount)
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1
3 5
SMGA-series: 19" rackmount sound-masking generator/amplifier SMGA-5: digital, pink noise signal generator/amplifier (70V, 25V, or 8 ohm output) for sound masking applications. Black powder epoxy finish. Includes barrier strip connections. 1U x 9"D chassis for small, stand-alone masking or masking-paging installations. Can also be used to add masking to an existing paging system or zoned area. The built-in 5W amplifier can be used for paging, music, or signaling sources. System controls include output level and adjustable low pass filter, noise level, master level and individual controls for bass, mid and treble tones.
SMGA-5
SMGA-20: digital, pink or white noise signal generator/amplifier (70V, 25V, or 8 ohm output) for sound masking applications. Black powder epoxy finish. Includes barrier strip connections. 2U x 9"D chassis. Features 20W amplifier with outputs for balanced line of mic level (Low-Z) and high impedance line (Hi-Z), and level adjustment for auxiliary input signal. Line output and auxiliary input can be configured to use an external equalizer. Includes bass, mid and treble tone controls. UL-Listed. Model No.
Description
SMGA-5 SMGA-20
Sound-masking Generator/Amplifier (1U) Sound-masking Generator/Amplifier (2U)
SMGA-20
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1
9 14
MP-series: 19" rackmount monitor panels PASSIVE:
MP-1B: passive monitor panel with 12 x 1 selectable (visual/aural) monitoring. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Twelve channels accept speaker level inputs (0-100 volts). Visual monitoring via analog meter with voltage scale responding to selected speaker channel. Aural monitoring through 3" x 5" driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) responding to speaker channel selected. Controls select single speaker level input from each group of six with ability to toggle between selected inputs. Rear panel terminations to barrier strip screw terminals, group selectable for (70V, 25V, and 8ohm) speaker level. 19" x 5.5”D x 2U black chassis.
MP-1B
ACTIVE:
MP-2: active monitor panel with 12 x 1 selectable (visual/aural) monitoring. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Six channels accept line level input signal (-10dBv to +10dBv); 6 channels accept speaker level inputs (0-100 volts). Visual monitoring via analog meter with VU and voltage scales responding to line or speaker channel selected. Aural monitoring through 3" x 5" driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) responding to line or speaker channel selected. Controls select single line level and single speaker level with ability to toggle between selected inputs. Rear panel terminations to barrier strip screw terminals; group selectable for (-10dBv to +10dBv) line level and (70V, 25V, and 8ohm) speaker level. 19" x 5.5”D x 2U black chassis.
MP-2
AMPLIFIED:
MP-16: amplified monitor panel with 16 channels (visual) and 16 x 1 selectable (aural) monitoring through line or speaker levels per channel. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Each input can be calibrated to read 0 VU with input signal from 100mv (-20dBv) to 70V (speaker line) which accommodates CD/DVD players to 70 volt amplifier output. Visual monitoring is via 6-position 3-color LED displays with integral peak-hold feature. Aural monitoring is through 3" shielded driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) driven by full bandwidth 10W amplifier. Each LED aural channel simultaneously drives a balanced 600 ohm output. Intuitive touch control switching. Screen overlay across top front has 0.5"H Pocket-IDTM label area. Rear panel, phoenix-style removable terminals allow pre-wiring of harnesses and plug-in to MP-16 for easy installation and servicing.19"W x 9”D x 2U chassis. Includes UL/CSA-Listed power supply. Model No.
Description
MP1B MP2 MP16
Passive AV Monitor Panel (12 speaker input) Active AV Monitor Panel (6 speaker input & 6 line input) Amplified AV Monitor Panel (16 channels)
MP-16
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1 1
8 8 16
TLM: impedance matching transformer XFMR:
TLM-600: matching transformer is often used in conjunction with a masking generator (models SMGA5 or SMGA20) when adding masking capability to an existing music/paging system. (25V-70V-25K ohm in to 600-150 ohm out). Model No.
Description
TLM-600
Impedance Matching Transformer
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
TLM-600 Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
1
79
AUDIO V:
SPEAKERS & COMPONENTS 15" Components Grille for 15" Speaker JG-15: 20" square screw-mount, steel grille. White. Fits backbox DX1815. JG-15
Model No.
Description
JG-15
Steel Grille (for 15" speaker)
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
9
Backbox for 15" Speaker DX1815: heavy gauge steel backbox for optimum acoustic performance of 15" speaker in professional sound reinforcement applications. Features 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), 1.5" acoustic batting with fiberboard to eliminate resonance, and 4 (0.25"-20) eyebolts for flown installations. 29.5L x 23W x 15D (5.9 cu.ft.). Black. Fits grille JG-15.
Model No.
Description
DX1815
Steel Acoustic Backbox (fits grille JG-15)
DX1815
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
54
12" Components 12" Speaker with Transformer 12E100T60: high-quality, 12" coaxial speaker/transformer package that meets performance requirements for high-powered commercial applications with limited budgets. Features 1.5" voice coil, crossover, coaxially mounted horn-loaded tweeter and 100˚ sound dispersion. The 8 ohm, 100W assembly includes pre-mounted 70V transformer with taps at 7.5, 15, 30, and 60W.
Model No.
Description
12E100T60
12" 100W Coaxial Speaker with 60W Transformer
12E100T60
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
14
12" Speaker 12P150: 150W speaker for professional applications where high ceilings and high ambient noise levels requires speakers capable of high SPL output. Features 8 ohm impedance, 38 oz. LF and 7.7 oz. HF magnets, large voice coils, robust crossovers and a coaxially-mounted high-frequency compression driver. Made in U.S.A. 12Q250: 250W speaker for professional applications where high ceilings and high ambient noise levels require speakers capable of high SPL output. Features 8 ohm impedance, 77 oz. LF and 42 oz. HF magnets, large voice coils, robust crossovers and a coaxially-mounted high-frequency compression driver. Imported.
80
Model No.
Description
12P150 12Q250
12" 150W Coaxial Speaker 12" 250W Coaxial Speaker
12P150
12Q250
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1
12 28
Screw-mount Grille for 12" Speaker ROUND:
RS12-AW: aluminum ceiling grille, 16.625" dia., 8 screws. Mounts 12" speaker (except 12Q250) to backbox CP1210 or XCP1210. White. WB-12: steel ceiling grille, 17.25" dia., 4 screws. Mounts 12" speaker (except 12Q250) to backbox CP1210 or XCP1210. White.
SQUARE:
FW-12: steel ceiling grille with separate subplate to support the speaker. 15.25" sq., 4 screws, beveled edges. Mounts 12" speaker (except 12Q250) to backbox DX1312, DX1512, DX1612, or DX1712. White. FW-12Q: steel ceiling grille with separate ported subplate for improved speaker performance, 15.25" sq., 4 screws, beveled edges. Mounts speaker 12Q250 or 12P150 to backbox DX1512, DX1612, or DX1712. White. Model No.
Description
RS12-AW WB-12 FW-12 FW-12Q
Round Aluminum Grille (for 12" speaker) white Round Aluminum Grille (for 12" speaker) white Square Steel Grille with subplate (for 12" speaker) white Square Steel Grille with ported subplate (for 12" speaker) white
WB-12
RS12-AW
FW-12
FW-12Q
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
20 10 6 6
18 25 21 28
Recessed Backbox for 12" Speaker RECTANGULAR: DX1312: (1.9 cu.ft.) 23"L x 18"W x 8"D steel acoustic backbox for professional sound reinforcement has 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density), 4 corner mounting tabs, and fiberboard to eliminate resonance. Black. Mounts grille FW12 or FW12Q. Not recommended for driver 12Q250. DX1512: (2.9 cu.ft.) 23"L x 18"W x 12"D steel acoustic backbox for professional sound reinforcement has 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density), 4 corner mounting tabs, and fiberboard to eliminate resonance. Black. Mounts grille FW12 or FW12Q. DX1612: (4 cu.ft.) 23"L x 18"W x 16.75"D steel acoustic backbox for professional sound reinforcement has 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density), eyebolts (0.25"–20 forged), and fiberboard to eliminate resonance. Black. Mounts grille FW12 or FW12Q. DX1712: (5.9 cu.ft.) 29.5"L x 23"W x 15"D steel acoustic backbox for professional sound reinforcement has 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density), eyebolts (0.25"–20 forged), and fiberboard to eliminate resonance. Black. Mounts grille FW12 or FW12Q. ROUND:
CP1210: 16.06" dia. x 10.5"D. steel backbox with extended lip features acoustic lining (1.5"), knockouts and mounting bracket with studs to install transformer (TLM100A) and speaker (12P150) in plenums with minimal height. Mounts grille RS12AW or WB12. Black. XCP1210: 14.375" dia. x 10.5"D. steel backbox with flat flange features acoustic lining (1.5"), knockouts and mounting bracket with studs to install transformer (TLM100A) and speaker (12P150) in plenums with minimal height. Mounts grille RS12AW or WB12. Black. Model No.
Description
DX1312 DX1512 DX1612 DX1712 CP1210 XCP1210
Recessed Acoustic Backbox (1.9 cu.ft.) Recessed Acoustic Backbox (2.9 cu.ft.) Recessed Acoustic Backbox (4 cu.ft.) Recessed Acoustic Backbox (5.9 cu.ft.) Recessed Backbox (0.9 cu.ft., extended lip) Recessed Backbox (0.9 cu.ft., flat flange)
DX1312
DX1512
DX1612
CP1210
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1 1 1 2 2
28 33 42 55 13 13
Tile Bridge & Support Channels for 12" Speaker TILE BRIDGE:
LBS12: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with round opening distributes weight of speaker assembly to ceiling support in suspended ceilings. Mounts 12" speaker with grille RS12AW or WB12 without a backbox.
CHANNELS:
SS24: 23.75"L galvanized steel mounting channel supports 12"speaker with backbox XCP1210, CP1210, or DX-series. Sold in pairs. SS30: 30"L galvanized steel mounting channel supports 12" speaker with backbox XCP1210, CP1210, or DX-series. Sold in pairs. SS48: 47.75"L galvanized steel mounting channel supports 12"speaker with backbox XCP1210, CP1210, or DX-series. Sold in pairs.
LBS12
SS24
Model No.
Description
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
LBS12 SS24 SS30 SS48
Tile Bridge Mounting Channel Pair (23.75"L) Mounting Channel Pair (30"L) Mounting Channel Pair (47.75"L)
10-ea 25-pr 15-pr 12-pr
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
28 18 24 30
81
8" Components 8" Speaker with Transformer 805-T72 (12W): industry standard dual-cone speaker for basic paging and background music. Includes speaker 805 (dual-cone with 5 oz. magnet), 0.75" whizzer for improved frequency response and flame-retardant terminal strips and transformer TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V). 810-series (15W): industry standard dual-cone speaker for basic paging or background music. Includes speaker 810 (dual-cone with 10 oz. magnet), 0.75" whizzer for improved frequency response, flame-retardant terminal strips. Transformer varies by model: 810-T72: includes xfmr TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V) 810-T470: includes xfmr TLM470 (taps at 0.5, 1, 2, 4W @ 70V) 810-T870: includes xfmr TLM870 (taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V) 8C10-MRA-T72 (15W): moisture-resistant speaker for utility paging or low-level background music in high humidity indoor/outdoor environments (locker room, greenhouse, etc.). Includes speaker with 10 oz. magnet that’s treated with phenolic resin and double acrylic lacquer coating over cotton cone, transformer TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V), and corrosion-resistant zincplated steel basket. When used outdoors, install where protected from direct exposure to sun/rain. 8C10-DVC-2T72 (15W): speaker with 10 oz. magnet and 2 voice coils for industrial and institutional facilities where individual speakers must be connected to two separate systems. Includes 2 transformers (TLM572 with taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V). CT830-series (20W): quality paging and background music. 20W coaxial speaker CT830 with 10 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets, 3-inch post-mounted tweeter and first order high pass filter. Not for use with torsion grilles (unless IXseries backbox is used). Transformer varies by model: CT830-T72: includes xfmr TLM572 (taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W @ 70/25V) CT830-T470: includes xfmr TLM470 (taps at 0.5, 1, 2, 4W @ 70V) CT830-T870: includes xfmr TLM870 (taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V) CT8320-series (25W): high quality paging and background music for commercial applications with moderately high ceilings (retail, restaurants, etc.). Features 25W coaxial speaker with 18.7 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets to provide increased power handling and bass response. The 3-in. post-mounted tweeter provides wide dispersion in high-frequency range, preventing dullness in areas between speaker locations. Not for use with torsion grille (unless IX-series backbox is used). CT8320-T470: includes xfmr TLM470 (taps at 0.5, 1, 2, 4W @ 70V) CT8320-T870: includes xfmr TLM870 (taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V) CT8320-TM1670: includes xfmr TLM1670A (taps at 4, 8, 16W @ 70V) 8A50-series (50W): high-performance coaxial speaker (8A50) with 20 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets for 70V distributed sound systems provides even, high frequency sound dispersion with low distortion and clear fidelity for high quality foreground music. Features post-mounted dome tweeter, effective crossover, and woofer with long excursion, half-roll surround on poly cone. Not for use with torsion grille (unless IX-series backbox is used). Transformer varies by model: 8A50-T870: includes xfmr TLM870 (taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W @ 70V) 8A50-TM1670: includes xfmr TLM1670A (taps at 4, 8, 16W @ 70V) 8A50-TM3270: includes xfmr TLM3270A (taps at 8, 16, 32W @ 70V) 8A50-TS3270: includes xfmr TLS3270 (taps at 8, 16, 32W @ 70V)
82
805-T72
810-T72
8C10-DVC-2T72
8C10-MRA-T72
CT830-T470
CT8320-T870
CT8320-T470
CT8320-TM1670
8A50-T870
8A50-TM1670
8A50-TM3270
8A50-TS3270
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
Model No.
Description
805-T72 810-T72 810-T470 810-T870 8C10MRA-T72 8C10DVC-2T72 CT830-T72 CT830-T470 CT830-T870 CT8320-T470 CT8320-T870 CT8320-TM1670
8" 12W Speaker/Transformer (805 speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 8" 15W Speaker/Transformer (810 speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 8" 15W Speaker/Transformer (810 speaker, TLM470 xfmr) 8" 15W Speaker/Transformer (810 speaker, TLM870 xfmr) 8" 15W Speaker/Transformer (moisture-resistant speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 8" 15W Speaker/Transformer (dual-voice coil speaker, (2) TLM572 xfmrs) 8" 20W Speaker/Transformer (CT830 speaker, TLM572 xfmr) 8" 20W Speaker/Transformer (CT830 speaker, TLM470 xfmr) 8" 20W Speaker/Transformer (CT830 speaker, TLM870 xfmr) 8" 25W Speaker/Transformer (CT8320 speaker, TLM470 xfmr) 8" 25W Speaker/Transformer (CT8320 speaker, TLM870 xfmr) 8" 25W Speaker/Transformer (CT8320 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr)
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 1 1 4
31 42 47 51 42 55 47 53 58 6 6 26
8A50-T870 8A50-TM1670 8A50-TM3270 8A50-TS3270
8" 50W Speaker/Transformer (8A50 speaker, TLM870 xfmr) 8" 50W Speaker/Transformer (8A50 speaker, TLM1670A xfmr) 8" 50W Speaker/Transformer (8A50 speaker, TLM3270A xfmr) 8" 50W Speaker/Transformer (8A50 speaker, TLS3270 xfmr)
1 1 1 4
6 7 9 44
8" Speaker 805 (12W): dual cone speaker with 5 oz. magnet. 810 (15W): dual cone speaker with 10 oz. magnet. 8C10MRA (15W): moisture-resistant speaker with 10 oz. magnet
805
810
8C10MRA
CT830
CT8320
8A50
CT830 (20W): coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets CT8320 (25W): coaxial speaker with 18.7 oz. LF and 2.1 oz. HF magnets. 8A50 (50W): coaxial speaker with 20 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets 8P100 (100W): coaxial speaker with 38 oz. LF and 7.7 oz. HF magnets. Professional level, engineered for demanding applications where high ceilings and high ambient noise require a robust, high SPL output speaker. Includes large voice coil, second and third order crossover and compression driver high frequency unit. Not for use with torsion grilles. Model No.
Description
805 810 8C10MRA CT830 CT8320 8A50 8P100
8" 12W Speaker 8" 15W Speaker 8" 15W Speaker (moisture-resistant) 8" 20W Coaxial Speaker 8" 25W Coaxial Speaker 8" 50W Coaxial Speaker 8" 100W Coaxial Speaker with high-frequency compression driver
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
16 16 16 16 1 4 1
26 38 37 42 5 20 11
8P100
Screw-mount Grille for 8" Speaker ROUND:
A8-AW: 12.88" dia. round aluminum grille, 8 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series. CS-8H: 12.88" dia. round steel grille, 4 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series. LO8-P: 12.63" dia. round grille, plastic grid, 4 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series.
A8-AW
CS-8H
LO8-P
RS8-AW
WB-8
WB-8H
FW-8
IC-105
JG-8X
SG-8
RS8-AW: 12.88" dia. round aluminum grille, 8 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series. WB-8: round steel grille, 12.88" dia., 4 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series. WB-8H: round steel grille, 12.88" dia., 8 screws. White. Mounts to backbox: DX58, DX108, IX810, IX810-EL, RF841, RF871, 8XD4, 8PSBX, XCP8-series and CP8-series. SQUARE:
FW-8: 13" sq. steel grille, 4 screws, beveled edges. White. Mounts to backbox DX198, P68X-series and P875X-series. IC-105: 11.44" sq. steel grille (round punch pattern), 8 screws. White. Mounts to backbox CB84, DX198 and P875X-series. JG-8X: 12.38" sq. steel grille, 4 screws. White. Mounts to backbox CB84, CB88, DX198, P68X-series and P875X-series. SG-8: 11.44" sq. steel grille, 4 screws. Mounts to backbox CB84-SG and P68X-series.
Model No.
Description
A8-AW CS-8H LO8-P RS8-AW WB-8 WB-8H FW-8 IC-105 JG-8X SG-8
Round Aluminum Grille (screw-mount, white) Round Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Round Plastic Grille (screw-mount, white) Round Aluminum Grille (screw-mount, white) Round Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Round Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Square Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Square Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Square Steel Grille (screw-mount, white) Square Steel Grille (screw-mount, white)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
20 10 25 10 10 20 10 20 10 10
12 15 17 5 16 24 16 22 29 16
83
Torsion-mount Grille for 8" Speaker ROUND:
CN-8M: 12.5"dia. contoured steel, torsion-mount grille supports speaker assemblies up to 3.5 lbs. (unless used with IX-series backbox). Includes 2 torsion springs, mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “novisible hardware” appearance. White. Mounts to backbox RF8 or XCP8series (5-10oz. speaker), or backbox IX810 or IX810-EL (heavier speaker). CS-8W: 12.88"dia. steel, torsion-mount grille supports speaker assemblies up to 3.5 lbs. (unless used with IX-series backbox). Includes 2 torsion springs, mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White. Mounts to backbox RF8 or XCP8-series (510oz. speaker) or backbox IX810 or IX810-EL (heavier speaker). WB-8T: 12.88"dia. steel, torsion-mount grille supports speaker assemblies up to 3.5 lbs. (unless used with IX-series backbox). Includes 2 torsion springs, mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White. Mounts to backbox RF8 or XCP8-series (510oz. speaker) or backbox IX810 or IX810-EL (heavier speaker).
SQUARE:
CN-8M
CS-8W
WB-8T
FW-8T
FW-8T: 13" sq. beveled steel, torsion-mount grille supports maximum speaker/transformer weight of 3.5 lbs. Grille includes 2 torsion springs with mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White. Mounts to backbox RE1175-T. Model No.
Description
CN-8M CS-8W WB-8T FW-8T
Round Contoured Steel Grille (torsion-mount, white) Round Steel Grille (torsion-mount, white) Round Steel Grille (torsion-mount, white) Square Steel Grille (torsion-mount, white)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
8 10 10 12
18 14 14 26
Tamper-resistant Grille for 8" Speaker SQUARE:
SG-8VP: 11.44" sq. steel, tamper-resistant grille has a secondary steel barrier screen to protect speaker from damage in vandalism-prone areas. Mounts with tamper-resistant 8-32 spanner screws (snake eyes). White. Order optional spanner screwdriver separately. Mounts backbox CB84SGVP, P68X-series or Unihorn® LUH-15T. SQLK-8L: 9.5" sq. cast aluminum, tamper-resistant grille has a secondary steel barrier screen to protect speaker from damage. Mounts with tamperresistant 8-32 spanner screws (snake eyes). White. Order optional spanner screwdriver separately. Mounts backbox CB84, CB86-4, CB86-6, P875Xseries, or Unihorn® LUH-15T.
HARDWARE:
SG-8VP
HRP832 (spanner head screwdriver).
HRP832: spanner screwdriver with tip for use with 8-32 spanner screws. Model No.
Description
SG-8VP SQLK-8L HRP832
Square Steel Grille (tamper-resistant, white) Square Cast Aluminum Grille (tamper-resistant, white) Spanner Screwdriver
SQLK-8L
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10 10 1
24 22 1
Surface Baffle for 8" Speaker ROUND:
LCB-8: aluminum ceiling or wall baffle with 2 integral grilles for bidirectional sound from single speaker (not included). 10.75" dia. x 4.75"D x 12.5” projection. Brushed aluminum finish with clear lacquer coating. Made in USA.
LCB-8
LCS-8NS
LCS-8NS: aluminum ceiling or wall baffle with integral grille (speaker not included). 10.81" dia. x 4.69" projection. Brushed aluminum finish with clear lacquer coating. Made in USA. SQUARE:
CEK-8M: steel wall baffle with sloped front (speaker not included). 13.75"H x 10.44"W x 5.75"D. White. Made in USA. SL8-W: wood-laminate wall baffle with sloped front and black cloth grille (speaker not included). 10.55"H x 9.47"W x 5.5"D. Imported. BSG-8: steel ceiling or wall baffle with 2 grilles for bi-directional sound from single speaker (not included). 11.57" sq. x 4.25" projection. White. Made in USA. CEK-8M
84
Model No.
Description
LCB-8 LCS-8NS CEK-8M SL8-W BSG-8
Bi-directional Baffle (aluminum) Ceiling/Wall Baffle (aluminum) Square Wall Baffle (sloped front, steel, white) Square Wall Baffle (sloped front, wood laminate, black cloth grille) Bi-directional Square Baffle (steel, white)
SL8-W Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 2 2 6
16 16 13 7 36
BSG-8
*
Recessed Backbox for 8" Speaker ROUND:
CP84: 12" dia. x 4.06"D steel backbox with extended lip for cutout in sheetrock or plaster, 0.125" acoustic foam pad, and 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. Screw-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. CP87: 12" dia. x 6.69"D steel backbox with extended lip for cutouts in sheetrock or plaster, 1.5" acoustic batting, and 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. Screw-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. CP810: 12" dia. x 10.06"D. steel backbox with extended lip for cutouts in sheetrock or plaster, 1.5" acoustic batting, and 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. Screw-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H.
CP87
CP84
CP810
XCP84: 10.06" dia. x 4.06"D steel backbox with flat mounting flange, 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic foam pad (0.125"). Black. Screw-mount or torsion-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CN8M, CS8H, CS8W, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H, WB8T. XCP84-S: 10.06" dia. x 4.06"D steel backbox with flat mounting flange, 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic foam pad (0.125") and straps. Black. Screwmount or torsion-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CN8M, CS8H, CS8W, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H, WB8T. XCP87: 10.06" dia. x 6.69"D steel backbox with flat mounting flange, 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic batting (1.5"). Black. Screw-mount or torsionmount fits grilles: A8AW, CN8M, CS8H, CS8W, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H, WB8T. XCP810: 10.06" dia. x 10.06"D steel backbox with flat mounting flange, 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic batting (1.5"). Black. Screw-mount or torsion-mount fits grilles: A8AW, CN8M, CS8H, CS8W, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H, WB8T. 8PSBX:* plastic backbox. Black. 9.88" dia. x 4"D. Mounts grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. Imported.
XCP84
XCP87
XCP810
Flange style suits different applications.
Flat flange for acoustic tile.
Extended lip for sheetrock or plaster.
8XD4: 10" dia. x 4"D stackable steel backbox with 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic foam pad (0.125"). White. Mounts grille: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. 8XD4-S: same as above (8XD4) but includes straps. 8XD4-P: 10" dia. x 4"D stackable steel backbox with 1 rear knockout and acoustic foam pad (0.125"). White. Mounts grille: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. RF841: 10.07" sq. x 4.06"D steel backbox for retrofit applications has 4-position adjustable tension brackets for post-construction installations in ceilings of varying depths. Features 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic treatment and black finish. Screw-mount or torsion-mount style fits grilles: A8AW CN8M, CS8H, CS8W, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H, WB8T. RF871: same as above (RF841) but is 6.69"D. IX810: 10.63" dia. x 10"D steel backbox (flat mounting flange) with internal mounting plate to directly mount speaker in new construction or acoustic tile ceilings. The design allows heavier speakers to be used with torsion-mount grilles. Backbox has 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), torsion slots on inner plate, 1.5" acoustic batting, and multi-use top cover plate with side flanges and holes for seismic tie-down or flown installation. Includes center-mount, removable 1-gang plate with metal connector for wire termination and access to transformer mounting bracket (suspended internally from plate). Black. Accepts torsion-mount grilles: CN8M, CS8W, WB8T, or screw-mount grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. IX810-EL: same as above (IX810) but has extended lip. Model No.
Description
CP84 CP87 CP810 XCP84 XCP84-S XCP87 XCP810 8PSBX 8XD4 8XD4-P 8XD4-S RF841 RF871 IX810 IX810EL
Recessed Round Steel Backbox (extended lip, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (extended lip, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (extended lip, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount with straps) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount) Recessed Round Plastic Backbox (stackable, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (stackable, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (stackable, screw-mount) Recessed Round Steel Backbox (stackable, screw-mount, straps) Recessed Round Retrofit Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount) Recessed Round Retrofit Steel Backbox (screw or torsion-mount) Recessed Round Heavy-duty Steel Backbox Recessed Round Heavy-duty Steel Backbox (extended lip)
8XD4
8XD4-P
RF841
RF871
8XD4-S
8PSBX *
IX810-EL
IX810 Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
5 3 2 5 5 3 2 10 10 10 10 5 3 1 1
17 12 10 15 15 13 10 7 17 17 18 15 10 8 8
*Plastic backbox model 8PSBX is imported; all other models are made in the U.S.A. Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
85
Recessed Backbox for 8" Speaker SQUARE:
P68X: 10"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic foam pad (0.125"). Black. Mounts grilles: FW8, JG8X, SG8, SG8VP. P68X-6: same as above (P68X) but 6"D steel backbox P875X-4: 8.81"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic foam pad (0.125"). Black. Mounts grilles: FW8, IC105, JG8X, SQLK8L. P875X-6: same as above (P875X-4) but 6"D steel backbox.
P68X
RE1175-T
RE1175-T: 11.75"sq. x 4"D. steel backbox, 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic foam pad (0.125"). Black. Mounts grille: FW8T. LARGE-VOLUME: DX58: round (0.5 cu.ft.) 12" dia. x 8"D steel backbox with sound treatment to eliminate resonance for professional sound applications. Includes 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density). Black. Mounts grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H.
P875X-6
DX108: round (1 cu.ft.) 15" dia. x 10.5"D steel backbox with sound treatment to eliminate resonance for professional sound applications. Includes 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density). Black. Mounts grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. DX198: square (1 cu.ft.) 15" sq. x 8"D steel backbox with fiberboard to eliminate resonance for professional sound applications. Includes 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lbs. density). Black. Mounts grilles: FW8, IC105, JG8X.
DX108
DX58
DX198
Model No.
Description
P68X P68X-6 P875X-4 P875X-6 RE1175-T DX58 DX108 DX198
Square, Recessed, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Recessed, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Recessed, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Recessed, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Recessed, Steel Backbox (torsion-mount) Round Recessed, Large-volume, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Round Recessed, Large-volume, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square Recessed, Large-volume, Steel Backbox (screw-mount)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
5 3 5 3 6 2 2 1
20 16 19 12 39 12 18 20
Surface-mount Backbox for 8" Speaker SQUARE:
CB84: 12.31"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grilles: IC105, JG8X, SQLK-8L. CB84-SG: 11.5"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grille: SG8. CB84-SGVP: 11.5"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grille: SG8VP. CB86-4: 9.63"sq. x 4"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grille: SQLK-8L.
CB86-4
CB84-SGVP
CB86-6: 9.56"sq. x 5.94"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grille: SQLK-8L. CB88: 12.56"sq. x 7.94"D steel backbox with 1.5" acoustic batting. White. Mounts grille: JG8X. CB88
CB86-6
86
Model No.
Description
CB84 CB84-SG CB84-SGVP CB86-4 CB86-6 CB88
Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount) Square, Surface-mount, Steel Backbox (screw-mount)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 6 5 3 3
35 27 39 23 24 22
Tile Bridge & Support Channels for 8" Speaker TILE BRIDGE:
LBS8: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with square opening. Distributes weight of speaker assembly to ceiling support in suspended ceilings. Fits these grille-backbox combinations: GRILLE:
BACKBOX (if used):
A8-AW, CS-8H, LO8-P, OM8-P, RS8-AW, WB-8, WB-8H FW-8, JG-8X IC-105
Series: XCP8, IX810, 8XD4 Model: 8PSBX Series: P68X, P875X Series: P875X
LBS8
LBS8-R1: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with round opening. Distributes weight of speaker assembly to ceiling support in suspended ceilings. Torsion-mount grilles must be used with a backbox. Fits these grille-backbox combinations: GRILLE:
BACKBOX (if used):
A8-AW, CS-8H, LO8-P, OM8-P, RS8-AW, WB-8, WB-8H, WB-8-6 CN-8M, CS-8W, WB-8T
Series: XCP8, IX810, 8XD4, ULXCP8 Model: 8PSBX Series: XCP8, IX810
LBS8-R1
LBS8-CP: 23.75"L tile bridge with round opening. This tile bridge must be used with a backbox. Fits these grille-backbox combinations.
CHANNELS:
GRILLE:
BACKBOX (required):
A8-AW, CS-8H, LO8-P, OM8-P, RS8-AW, WB-8, WB-8H
Series: CP8, DX58, DX108, ULCP8
LBS8-CP
SS24: 23.75"L galvanized steel mounting channel. Sold in pairs.
SS24
SS30: 30"L galvanized steel mounting channel. Sold in pairs. SS48: 47.75"L galvanized steel mounting channel. Sold in pairs. Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
LBS8 LBS8-R1 LBS8-CP SS24 SS30 SS48
Tile Bridge (square opening) Tile Bridge (round opening) Tile Bridge (round opening-must be used with enclosure) Channel Rails (sold in pairs) Channel Rails (sold in pairs) Channel Rails (sold in pairs)
10 10 10 25-pr 15-pr 12-pr
19 17 32 18 24 30
Recessed Mounting Ring for 8" Speaker RINGS:
RMP8: 13.81" dia. plastic ring for economical installations with infinite baffle applications. Check applicable code before use. Mounts grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. PR8-1624: 23.88"L steel with 13.25" dia. hole and ears that span 16" or 24" studs, for economical installations with infinite baffle applications. Check applicable code before use. Mounts grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H.
HARDWARE:
BC-100: extra U-clip 8-32 hardware for mounting rings or backboxes.
PR8-1624 RMP8
Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
RMP8 PR8-1624 BC-100
Plastic Mounting Ring Steel Mounting Ring U-clip hardware (100-piece bag)
50 ea. 10 ea. 1-bag
16 21 1
6" Components 6" Speaker with Transformer 6A40-T870: high performance coaxial speaker with even, high-frequency dispersion, low distortion and clear fidelity for 70V distributed sound system (foreground music).The 40W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets, features post-mounted dome tweeter, effective crossover, and woofer with long excusion, half-roll surround on a poly cone. Transformer (TLM870) is mounted to top plate and has tap selections at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V). Assembly depth: 5.4". Not for use with torsion-mount grilles unless IX-series backbox is used. Model No.
Description
6A40-T870
6.5" 40W Speaker/Transformer (6A40 speaker, TLM870 xfmr)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
6A40-T870
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
4
24
87
6" Speaker 6A40: for distributed sound systems requiring high performance coaxial speakers with even, high-frequency dispersion, low distortion and clear fidelity (foreground music). This 40W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets, features post-mounted dome tweeter, effective crossover, and woofer with long excusion, half-roll surround on a poly cone. Not for use with torsion-mount grilles unless IX-series backbox is used. Model No.
Description
6A40
6.5" 40W Speaker
6A40
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
4
12
Recessed Backbox for 6" Speaker ROUND:
CP87: 12" dia. x 6.69"D steel backbox features 1.5" acoustic batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), and extended lip for cutouts in sheetrock or plaster. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6. CP810: 12" dia. x 10.06"D steel backbox features 1.5" acoustic batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), and extended lip for cutouts in sheetrock or plaster. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6. XCP87: 10.06" dia. x 6.69"D steel backbox features 1.5" acoustic batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and flat mounting flange. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6. XCP810: 10.06" dia. x 10.06"D steel backbox features 1.5" acoustic batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75") and flat mounting flange. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6.
RF871
Flange style suits different applications.
Flat flange for acoustic tile.
Extended lip for sheetrock or plaster.
RF871: 10.07" dia. x 6.69"D steel backbox for retrofit applications, includes 4-position adjustable tension brackets for post-construction installations in ceilings of varying depths. Features 4 knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), acoustic treatment and black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6. IX610: 10.07" dia. x 10"D steel backbox with flat flange for acoustic tile applications and internal speaker mounting plate to directly mount 6" speaker with 8" torsion-mount grille. Features 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), torsion slots on inner plate, 1.5" acoustic batting, and multiuse top cover plate. Top plate has side flanges and holes for seismic tiedown or flown installation. Includes center-mount, removable 1-gang plate with 0.5" Romex connector for wire termination and access to transformer mounting bracket (suspended internally from plate). Black finish. Accepts torsion-mount grilles: CN8M, CS8W, WB8T. Accepts screw-mount grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H. IX610-EL: 10.07" dia.x 10"D steel backbox with extended lip for sheetrock/plaster and internal speaker mounting plate to directly mount 6" speaker with 8" torsion-mount grille. Features 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), torsion slots on inner plate, 1.5" acoustic batting, and multiuse top cover plate. Top plate has side flanges and holes for seismic tiedown or flown installation. Includes center-mount, removable 1-gang plate with 0.5" Romex connector for wire termination and access to transformer mounting bracket (suspended internally from the plate). Black finish. Accepts torsion-mount grilles: CN8M, CS8W, WB8T. Accepts screw-mount grilles: A8AW, CS8H, LO8P, OM8P, RS8AW, WB8, WB8H.
CP87
CP810
XCP87
XCP810
DX-58
DX-108
DX58: (0.5 cu.ft.) 12" dia. x 8"D steel backbox with sound treatment to eliminate resonance for professional sound applications. Features 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), premium acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lb. density), extended lip, and 4 flexible hanger straps. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6. DX108: (1 cu.ft.) 15" dia. x 10.5"D steel backbox with sound treatment to eliminate resonance for professional sound applications. Features 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"), premium acoustic batting (1.5" thick, 1.5 lb. density), extended lip, and 4 flexible hanger straps. Black finish. Accepts grille WB-8-6.
88
Model No.
Description
CP87 CP810 XCP87 XCP810 RF871 IX610 IX610-EL DX58 DX108
Steel Backbox (black) Steel Backbox (black) Steel Backbox (black) Steel Backbox (black) Steel Backbox (black) Steel Backbox (flat flange, black) Steel Backbox (extended lip, black) Steel Acoustic Backbox (black) Steel Acoustic Backbox (black)
IX610
IX610-EL
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
3 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 2
12 10 13 10 10 12 7 12 18
Screw-mount Grille for 6" Speaker ROUND:
WB-8-6: economy steel grille for 6" speaker assembly includes 4 screws and concealed speaker mounting studs. 12.88" diameter. White finish. Accepts 8" backbox: CP8-series, XCP8-series, DX58, DX108, or RF871.
Model No.
Description
WB-8-6
Steel Grille (screw-mount, white)
WB-8-6
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10
16
Torsion-mount Grille for 6" Speaker ROUND:
CN-8M: 12.5"dia. round, steel grille engineered to cover 6" or 8" speaker assembly. Includes 2 torsion springs with mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White powder epoxy finish. For use with backbox: IX610 or IX610-EL. CS-8W: 12.88"dia. round, steel grille engineered to cover 6" or 8" speaker assembly. Includes 2 torsion springs with mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White powder epoxy finish. For use with backbox: IX610 or IX610-EL.
CN-8M
CS-8W
WB-8T: 12.88"dia. round, steel grille engineered to cover 6" or 8" speaker assembly. Includes 2 torsion springs with mounting hardware and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White powder epoxy finish. For use with backbox: IX610 or IX610-EL.
WB-8T
Model No.
Description
CN-8M CS-8W WB-8T
Steel Grille (for 6" speaker with IX610 or IX610-EL backbox) torsion-mount, white Steel Grille (for 6" speaker with IX610 or IX610-EL backbox) torsion-mount, white Steel Grille (for 6" speaker with IX610 or IX610-EL backbox) torsion-mount, white
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
8 10 10
18 14 14
Tile Bridge for 6" Speaker LBS8-R1: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with round opening. Distributes weight of speaker assembly to ceiling support in suspended ceilings.Torsion-mount grilles must be used with a backbox. LBS8-CP: 3.75"L tile bridge with round opening, engineered to distribute weight of 6" or 8" speaker assembly to ceiling support in suspended ceilings. Must be used with a backbox.
LBS8-CP LBS8-R1
Model No.
Description
LBS8-R1 LBS8-CP
Tile Bridge (round opening) Tile Bridge (round opening-must be used with enclosure)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10 10
17 32
4" Components 4" Speaker with Transformer JR410-series: commercial industry standard 4" speaker assembly for paging and background music features high-compliance, 15W cone driver with 10 oz. magnet and wired transformer mounted to top of back plate for 25V or 70V distributed applications. Three transformer options: TLM572: taps at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W (25V or 70V) TLM470: taps at 0.5, 1, 2, 4W (70V) TLM870: taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V) 4A30-T870: high-performance 4" speaker assembly for 70V distributed sound systems requiring even, high-frequency dispersion, low distortion and clear fidelity for foreground music. Speaker (4A30) is a 30W coaxial speaker with 10 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets features post-mounted dome tweeter, effective crossover and woofer with long excursion, half-roll surround on a poly cone. Transformer (TLM870) has taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W (70V). Model No.
Description
JR410-T72 JR410-T470 JR410-T870 4A30-T870
4" 15W Speaker/Transformer (JR410 driver, TLM572 xfmr) 4" 15W Speaker/Transformer (JR410 driver, TLM470 xfmr) 4" 15W Speaker/Transformer (JR410 driver, TLM870 xfmr) 4" 30W Speaker/Transformer (4A30 driver, TLM870 xfmr)
JR410-T470
JR410-T72
JR410-T870
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
4A30-T870 Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
8 8 8 6
22 22 24 23
89
4" Speaker JR410: commercial industry standard 4" speaker for high intelligibility paging and background music. Features high-compliance, 15W cone driver with 10 oz. magnet. 8 ohm. 4A30: designed for 70V distributed sound systems requiring a high performance coaxial speaker for even, high-frequency dispersion, low distortion and clear fidelity for foreground music. The 4A30 30W coaxial driver with 10 oz. LF and 2 oz. HF magnets, features post-mounted dome tweeter, effective crossover and woofer with long excursion, half-roll surround on poly cone. 8 ohm. Model No.
Description
JR410 4A30
4" Speaker 4" Speaker
4A30
JR410
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
16 6
30 11
Recessed Backbox for 4" Speaker ROUND:
CP4: protective steel backbox, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. 6.3" dia. x 4.06"D. For use with screw-mount grille (4 screws). DX104: acoustic steel backbox with 1.5" batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. 10" dia. x 6.75"D. For use with screw-mount grille (4 screws). DX104-T: acoustic steel backbox with 1.5" batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. 10" dia. x 6.75"D. For use with torsion-mount grille.
DX104 CP4
DX104-10T: acoustic steel backbox with 1.5" batting, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. 10" dia. x 10.06"D. For use with torsionmount grille.
SQUARE:
P625X: protective steel backbox, 4 combination knockouts (0.5"-0.75"). Black. 6.25" square x 4"D. For use with screw-mount grille (4 screws).
DX104-10T DX104-T
P625X
Model No.
Description
CP4 DX104 DX104-T DX104-10T P625X
Round Recessed Steel Backbox (for 4" speaker) black Round Recessed Steel Acoustic Backbox (for 4" speaker) black Round Recessed Steel Acoustic Backbox (for 4" speaker) black Round Recessed Steel Acoustic Backbox (for 4" speaker) black Square Recessed Steel Backbox (for 4" speaker) black
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
12 8 8 4 12
20 32 32 20 26
Surface Backbox for 4" Speaker SQUARE
CB44: protective steel backbox with rear mounting holes. 7.125" square x 4.25"D. White. For use with screw-mount grille SG4 (not included).
CB44
90
Model No.
Description
CB44
Square Surface Steel Backbox (for 4" speaker) white
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
12
35
Screw-mount Ceiling Grille for 4" Speaker ROUND:
WB-4: 7.25" diameter steel grille includes 4 screws and concealed speaker mounting studs. White. Fits backbox: CP4, DX104.
SQUARE:
SG-4: 7" square steel grille includes 4 screws and concealed speaker mounting studs. White. Fits backbox: P625X, CB44. WB-4
Model No.
Description
WB-4 SG-4
Round Steel Grille (for 4" speaker) screw-mount, white Square Steel Grille (for 4" speaker) screw-mount, white
SG-4
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
48 40
32 33
Torsion-mount Grille for 4" Speaker ROUND:
CN-4: round, steel grille, 7.63" dia. Fits backbox: DX104-T, DX104-10T. Includes 2 torsion springs and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White. CN-4M: round, steel grille, 8.56 dia. Fits backbox: DX104-T, DX104-10T. Includes 2 torsion springs and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White. WB-4T: round, steel grille, 7.25 dia. Fits backbox: DX104-T, DX104-10T. Includes 2 torsion springs and concealed speaker studs for “no-visible hardware” appearance. White.
CN-4M
CN-4
WB-4T Model No.
Description
CN-4 CN-4M WB-4T
Round Steel Grille (for 4" speaker) torsion-mount, white Round Steel Grille (for 4" speaker) torsion-mount, white Round Steel Grille (for 4" speaker) torsion-mount, white
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
36 40 48
35 42 32
Tile Bridge & Support Channels for 4" Speaker TILE BRIDGE:
LBS4-DX: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with round opening. Mounts 4" speaker assembly with round backbox (backbox must be used with this model). LBS4-R: 23.75"L galvanized steel tile bridge with round opening. Mounts 4" speaker assembly with round grille WB-4 and no backbox.
CHANNELS:
LBS4-DX
SS24: 23.75"L galvanized steel mounting channels. Sold in pairs (25 pr. per carton). LBS4-R
SS24
Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
LBS4-DX LBS4-R SS24
Tile Bridge Tile Bridge Support Channel Rails
10-ea 10-ea 25-pr
25 25 18
Recessed Mounting Ring for 4" Speaker PR4: 6.31" diameter steel mounting ring for screw-mount grille WB4. XPR4-T: 6.31" dia. steel mounting ring for torsion-mount grilles. Mounts grille: CN4, CN4M, WB4T. PR4 Model No.
Description
PR4 XPR4-T
Steel Mounting Ring, 6.31" dia., screw-mount Steel Mounting Ring, 6.31" dia., torsion-mount
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
XPR4-T Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
25 25
7 14
91
Transformers 20/20 AudioVision™ XFMR:
20/20 AudioVision: allows speaker to operate at full potential while providing a stable load to the amplifier. In a distributed speaker system, the sound is virtually the same as a transformerless direct-to-voice-coil system. For systems where transformer response under 50Hz with minimal impedance drop is required. TLS-3270: 70V transformer with taps at 8, 16, 32W. 4-8 ohm.
TLS10070
TLS3270
TLS-10070: 70V transformer with taps at 16, 32, 64, 100W. 4-8 ohm. Model No.
Description
TLS3270 TLS10070
AudioVision™ 32W Transformer AudioVision™ 100W Transformer
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 4
5 31
Standard XFMR
TLM-470: 70V transformer with taps at 0.5, 1, 2, 4W (8 ohm) TLM-825: 25V transformer with taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W (4-8 ohm) TLM-870: 70V transformer with taps at 1, 2, 4, 8W (4-8 ohm) TLM-470 Model No.
Description
TLM470 TLM870 TLM825
4W Transformer 8W Transformer 8W Transformer
TLM-825
TLM-870
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 6
7 12 12
High-Performance XFMR:
TLM-1670A: 70V transformer with taps at 4, 8, 16W (4-8 ohm) TLM-3270A: 70V transformer with taps at 8, 16, 32W (4-8 ohm) TLM-10070A: 70V transformer with taps at 16, 32, 64, 100W (4-8 ohm)
OPTIONS:
TMB-1670: mounting bracket for connecting transformer TLM-1670A to 8" speaker. Model No.
Description
TLM1670A TLM3270A TLM10070A TMB1670
16W Transformer 32W Transformer 100W Transformer Bracket (for TLM1670A xfmr)
TLM-1670A
TLM-3270A
TLM-10070A
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 2
2 3 5 5
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
24
15
Dual-voltage XFMR:
TLM-572: 70V/25V dual-voltage transformer with tap selections at 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5W. 8 ohm.
Model No.
Description
TLM572
Dual-voltage Transformer (70/25V)
TLM-572
Impedance-matching XFMR:
TLM-600: universal line level impedance matching transformer converts Hi-Z line to balanced 600 ohm line or vice-versa. Attentuates 25V or 70V speaker line to amplifier input. Includes trimpot control for precise level adjustment. RCA jack and screw terminals provided for convenient connection. Model No.
Description
TLM-600
Impedance Matching Transformer
TLM-600
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
1
Hardware Tinnerman Clips BC-100: extra U-clip 8-32 hardware for backboxes and mounting rings. 100-piece bag.
92
Model No.
Description
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
BC-100
Tinnerman Clips 8-32 (100 pc. bag)
1 bag
1
AUDIO VI:
VOLUME CONTROLS Wall-mount Volume Controls Mono: 100/70/25V (1-gang) STANDARD:
Single plate volume control mounts in wall box with minimum depth of 2.125”. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Selection includes 25, 50 or 100W; stainless steel (ss) or plastic plate; 1.5-dB or 3-dB steps, and optional priority relay (PA) for emergency bypass. ETL Listed.
DECORA:
Two-piece, decora plate mounts in wall box with minimum depth of 2.125.” Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Selection includes 25, 50 or 100W; plastic plate/subplate or stainless steel (ss) with plastic subplate; 1.5-dB or 3-dB steps, and optional priority relay (PA) for emergency bypass. ETL Listed.
DECORA with KEY-LOCK:
ADAPTER:
KL-series: patented** key-lock control has two-piece, decora plate and mounts in standard EO box (1.75"D). Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Selection includes 25, 50 or 100W; plastic plate/subplate or stainless steel (ss) with plastic subplate; 3-dB steps, and optional priority relay (PA) for emergency bypass. ETL Listed.
Standard Plastic (white or ivory)
Standard Stainless Steel
Decora Plastic (black, white, or ivory)
Decora Stainless Steel (black or white subplate)
Decora (key-lock) Plastic (black, white or ivory)
Decora (key-lock) SS (black or white subplate)
KL-ANP2: adapter plate allows key-lock controls to be field-installed into 2-gang stainless steel plate.
Model No.
STANDARD: 25LVC 50LVC 100LVC 10015LVC 100LVC-PA 25LVC-SI 25LVC-SW 50LVC-SI 50LVC-SW 100LVC-SI 100LVC-SW 10015LVC-SI 10015LVC-SW 100LVC-PA-SI 100LVC-PA-SW DECORA: 25LVC-DB 25LVC-DI 25LVC-DW 50LVC-DB 50LVC-DI 50LVC-DW 100LVC-DB 100LVC-DI 100LVC-DW 10015LVC-DB 10015LVC-DI 10015LVC-DW 100LVC-PA-DB 100LVC-PA-DI 100LVC-PA-DW 25LVC-DSB 25LVC-DSW 50LVC-DSB **Patent no. 5,054,076
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, stainless steel) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, stainless steel) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, ivory) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, white) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, ivory) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, white)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ivory) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora white) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ivory) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, Decora black) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, Decora ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, Decora white) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora black) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ivory) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora white) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate) 25W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/white subplate) 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Description
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
93
Model No.
Carton Pack
Description
50LVC-DSW 50W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora stainless steel/white subplate) 100LVC-DSB 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora stainless steel/black subplate) 100LVC-DSW 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora stainless steel/white subplate) 10015LVC-DSB 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, Decora stainless steel/black subplate) 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 1.5-dB step, Decora stainless steel/white subplate) 10015LVC-DSW 100LVC-PA-DSB 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ss/black subplate) 100LVC-PA-DSW 100W Volume Control (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ss/white subplate) DECORA WITH KEY-LOCK: KL100-DB 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black) KL100-DW 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora white) KL100-DI 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ivory) KL100-DSB 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate) KL100-DSW 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/white subplate) KL100-PA-DB 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora black) KL100-PA-DW 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora white) KL100-PA-DI 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ivory) 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ss/black) KL100-PA-DSB KL100-PA-DSW 100W Volume Control with key lock (1-gang, 3-dB step, priority relay, Decora ss/white) ADAPTER: KL-ANP2 Adapter Plate (for KL100-series)
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10
2
Mono: 100/70/25V (2-gang) STANDARD:
200LVC: volume control mounts in 2-gang wall box with minimum depth of 2.125" (fits standard 2.5" EO box). Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Stainless steel.
DECORA:
200LVC-DSB: volume control (2-piece plate) mounts in 2-gang wall box with minimum depth of 2.125.” Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for maximum 14-gauge wire. Stainless steel with black subplate. Model No.
Description
200LVC 200LVC-DSB
200W Volume Control (2-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 200W Volume Control (2-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate)
200LVC Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1
2 2
Mono: 1500 ohm L-pad (1-gang) LPD-1500S: 10W volume control provides constant 1500 ohm load to line or power source, regardless of control setting. 1-gang, stainless steel. Model No.
Description
LPD-1500S
10W Volume Control (L-pad for 1500 constant load, 1-gang, stainless steel)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1
1
Mono: 50, 5K, 10K ohm (1-gang) STANDARD:
LV-50S: economical 5W volume control with 50 ohm impedance for use in low power circuits—4, 8 or 16 ohm voice coil circuits. 1-gang, stainless steel. LV-5K: economical 5W volume control with 5000 ohm impedance for use in low power circuits—25V, 70V, or 100V constant voltage systems. 1-gang, stainless steel.
DECORA:
94
10KLVC-series: 10K ohm linear taper control for single-point remote level adjustment of voltage controlled amplifiers (VCA). Decora plastic or stainless steel (ss) with black or white subplate. Phoenix-style removable screw termination strips for prewire with capacity for 14 gauge wire. 1-gang. Model No.
Description
LV-50S LV-5K 10KLVC-DB 10KLVC-DW 10KLVC-DI 10KLVC-DSB 10KLVC-DSW
5W Volume Control (50 ohm potentiometer, 1-gang, stainless steel) 5W Volume Control (5K ohm potentiometer, 1-gang, stainless steel) 10K ohm Linear Potentiometer (1-gang, Decora black) 10K ohm Linear Potentiometer (1-gang, Decora white) 10K ohm Linear Potentiometer (1-gang, Decora ivory) 10K ohm Linear Potentiometer (1-gang, Decora ss/black subplate) 10K ohm Linear Potentiometer (1-gang, Decora ss/white subplate)
10KLVC-DSW
LV-50S
LV-5K
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Stereo: 8 ohm (1-gang) STANDARD:
Stereo volume control mounts in single-gang EO box with minimum depth of 2.5”. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 50W per channel with 3-dB steps. Stainless steel (ss) or plastic plate.
DECORA:
Stereo volume control, decora-style 2-piece plate mounts in single-gang EO box with minimum depth of 2.5”. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 50W per channel with 3-dB steps. Decora plastic or stainless steel (ss) with plastic subplate.
Model No.
STANDARD: 50LVCS 50LVCS-SI 50LVCS-SW DECORA: 50LVCS-DB 50LVCS-DW 50LVCS-DI 50LVCS-DSB 50LVCS-DSW
Standard Plastic (white or ivory)
Standard Stainless Steel
Decora Plastic (black, white, or ivory)
Decora Stainless Steel (black or white subplate)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, ivory) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, white)
1 1 1
1 1 1
50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora white) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ivory) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate) 50W Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 1-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/white subplate)
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
Description
Stereo: 100/70/25V (2-gang) STANDARD:
150LVCS: stereo volume control mounts in 2-gang wall box with minimum depth of 2.5”. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 150W per channel with 3-dB steps. Stainless steel.
DECORA:
150LVCS-DSB: stereo volume control mounts in 2-gang EO box with minimum depth of 2.5". Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 150W per channel with 3-dB steps. Stainless steel with black subplate.
150LVCS-DSB
150LVCS
Model No.
Description
150LVCS 150LVCS-DSB
150W Stereo Volume Control (70V, 2-gang, 3-dB step, stainless steel) 150W Stereo Volume Control (70V, 2-gang, 3-dB step, Decora ss/black subplate)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1
2 2
Rackmount Volume Controls Mono: 100/70/25V See Rack Options section of the catalog for rackmount panels with PocketID.™ STANDARD:
Rackmount volume control features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 3-dB steps. Black adhesive dial scale with knob and mounting hardware. ETL Listed.
DECORA:
Rackmount volume control (decora-style). Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 3-dB steps. Black (subplate). ETL Listed. Model No.
STANDARD: 25LVC-RM 50LVC-RM 100LVC-RM 10015LVC-RM 100LVC-PA-RM 200LVC-RM DECORA: 200LVC-RMDB
50LVC-RM
200LVC-RMDB (Decora)
100LVC-PA-RM Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
25W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, black) 50W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, black) 100W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, black) 100W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 1.5-dB step, black) 100W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, priority relay, black) 200W Rackmount Volume Control (2-gang, 3-dB step)
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 2
200W Rackmount Volume Control (2-gang, 3-dB step, Decora black subplate)
1
2
Description
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
95
Mono: 50, 5K, 10K ohm STANDARD:
LV-50S-RM: rackmount volume control (50 ohm) features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Black adhesive dial scale with knob, mounting hardware and Pocket-ID™ label area. LV-5K-RM: rackmount volume control (5K ohm) features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. Black adhesive dial scale with knob, mounting hardware and Pocket-ID™ label area.
DECORA:
10KLVC-RM
LV-5K-RM
10KLVC-RM: 10K linear taper control for single-point remote level adjustment of voltage controlled amplifiers (VCA). Phoenix-style removable screw termination strips for prewire with capacity for 14 gauge wire. Model No.
Description
LV-50S-RM LV-5K-RM 10KLVC-RM
Rackmount Volume Control (50 ohm potentiometer, 1-gang) Rackmount Volume Control (5K ohm potentiometer, 1-gang) Rackmount Volume Control (10K ohm linear potentiometer VCA, 1-gang)
LV-50S-RM Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 1
2 2 1
Stereo: 100/70/25V STANDARD:
150LVCS-RM: stereo volume control in traditional rackmount assembly that includes control unit with exposed shaft, knob and black adhesive dial scale with Pocket-ID™ label area. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 4-gauge wire. 150W per channel with 3-dB steps, 2-gang.
DECORA:
150LVCS-RMDB: stereo volume control in Decora-style rackmount assembly. Features phoenix-style, removable screw termination connector for pre-wire, with capacity for 14-gauge wire. 150W per channel with 3-dB steps, 2-gang. Black (subplate).
150LVCS-RM
Model No.
Description
150LVCS-RM 150LVCS-RMDB
150W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, 2-gang, black) 150W Rackmount Volume Control (70/25V, 3-dB step, 2-gang, Decora black)
150LVCS-RMDB
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1
2 2
Stereo: 8 ohm STANDARD:
50LVCS-RM: rackmount stereo volume control provides 3dB per step attenuation of stereo speaker lines. 50W per channel. Adhesive dial scale with Pocket-ID label area. Phoenix-style, plug-in screw termination strips for pre-wire, wire capacity up to 14 ga.
Model No.
Description
50LVCS-RM
50W Rackmount Stereo Volume Control (8 ohm, 3-dB step, 1-gang, rackmount)
50LVCS-RM
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1
1
Volume Controls pre-loaded into Rackmount Panels See rack section for complete selection of rackmount panels with PocketID™. The LVC8P-ID-2 panel shown here can be ordered pre-loaded with up to 8 (LVC-series) volume controls. Select the controls you want from the list below and create a custom model number using the letter designations assigned for each control. To create the part number, start with the panel model (LVC8PID-2) then place a letter for each of the 8 volume control positions. Note: volume controls H and I are wide and require 2 spaces (4 max.).** Model No. LVC8P-ID-2
Panel Description Volume Control 8-position Panel (includes assembly)
Letter A B C D E F
Volume Control Description 25LVC (25W, 3dB step) 50LVC (50W, 3dB step) 100LVC (100W, 3dB step) 100LVC-PA (100W, 3dB step, priority relay) 10015LVC (100W, 1.5dB step) 10KLVC (10K ohm, linear taper control for single-point remote adjustment of voltage controlled amplifiers-VCAs) 50LVCS (50W, 3dB step, stereo, 8ohm) 200LVC (200W, 3dB step, 2-gang) 150LVCS (150W, 3dB step, stereo, 70V, 2-gang) Empty position (hole plug)
G H** I** N
96
Note: LVC-series volume controls have phoenix-style removable screw termination strips for pre-wire with capacity for 14-ga. wire. Priority relay models (24VDC @ 5mA ) allow emergency and paging signals to bypass attenuator.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Panel LVC8P-ID-2 has 8 positions for volume controls.
A
A
A
B
B
E
A
C
Sample Configuration & Model No. LVC8P-ID-2-AAABBEAC
AUDIO VII:
SOURCE SELECTOR SWITCHES Six-source Program-Selector Switch STANDARD:
CS6-SS: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, stainless steel, 1-gang.
DECORA:
CS6-DSB: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, 1-gang. Decora stainless steel with black subplate. CS6-DSW: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, 1-gang. Decora stainless steel with white subplate. CS6-DB: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, 1-gang. Decora black.
CS6-SS
CS6-DSB
CS6-DSW
CS6-DI
CS6-DW
CS6-DI: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, 1-gang. Decora ivory. CS6-DW: stand-alone 6-source program selector switch, 1-gang. Decora white.
CS6-DB
Model No.
Description
CS6-SS CS6-DSB CS6-DSW CS6-DB CS6-DI CS6-DW
6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, stainless steel) 6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, Decora ss/black subplate) 6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, Decora ss/white subplate) 6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, Decora black) 6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, Decora ivory) 6-source Program Selector Switch (1-gang, Decora white)
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
Six-source Program Selector Switch with Volume Control STANDARD:
CS650-SS: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch, 2-gang. Stainless steel.
DECORA:
CS650-DSB: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch. Decora stainless steel with black subplate. Includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates. CS650-DSW: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch. Decora stainless steel with white subplate. Includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates. CS650-DB: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch. Decora black. Includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates.
CS650-SS
CS650-DW
CS650-DI: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch. Decora ivory. Includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates. CS650-DW: 50W volume control with 6-source program selector switch. Decora white. Includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates.
Decora-style includes (2) 1-gang and (1) 2-gang cover plates.
Model No.
Description
CS650-SS CS650-DSB CS650-DSW CS650-DB CS650-DI CS650-DW
50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (2-gang, stainless steel) 50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (1+2-gang plates, Decora ss/black) 50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (1+2-gang plates, Decora ss/white) 50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (1+2-gang plates, Decora black) 50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (1+2-gang plates, Decora ivory) 50W Volume Control and 6-source Switch (1+2-gang plates, Decora white)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
97
AUDIO VIII:
MONITOR PANELS Rackmount PASSIVE:
MP-1B: passive monitor panel with 12 x 1 selectable (visual/aural) monitoring. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Twelve channels accept speaker level inputs (0-100 volts). Visual monitoring via analog meter with voltage scale responding to selected speaker channel. Aural monitoring through 3" x 5" driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) responding to speaker channel selected. Controls select single speaker level input from each group of six with ability to toggle between selected inputs. Rear panel terminations to barrier strip screw terminals, group selectable for (70V, 25V, and 8ohm) speaker level. 19" x 5.5”D x 2U black chassis.
ACTIVE:
MP-2: active monitor panel with 12 x 1 selectable (visual/aural) monitoring. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Six channels accept line level input signal (-10dBv to +10dBv); 6 channels accept speaker level inputs (0-100 volts). Visual monitoring via analog meter with VU and voltage scales responding to line or speaker channel selected. Aural monitoring through 3" x 5" driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) responding to line or speaker channel selected. Controls select single line level and single speaker level with ability to toggle between selected inputs. Rear panel terminations to barrier strip screw terminals; group selectable for (-10dBv to +10dBv) line level and (70V, 25V, and 8ohm) speaker level. 19" x 5.5”D x 2U black chassis.
AMPLIFIED:
98
MP-1B
MP-2
MP-16: amplified monitor panel with 16 channels (visual) and 16 x 1 selectable (aural) monitoring through line or speaker levels per channel. Monitors input/output (line/speaker) signals. Each input can be calibrated to read 0 VU with input signal from 100mv (-20dBv) to 70V (speaker line) which accommodates CD/DVD players to 70 volt amplifier output. Visual monitoring is via 6-position 3-color LED displays with integral peak-hold feature. Aural monitoring is through 3" shielded driver or switched monaural headphone output (stereo jack) driven by full bandwidth 10W amplifier. Each LED aural channel simultaneously drives a balanced 600 ohm output. Intuitive touch control switching. Screen overlay across top front has 0.5"H PocketIDTM label area. Rear panel, phoenix-style removable terminals allow pre-wiring of harnesses and plug-in to MP-16 for easy installation and servicing.19"W x 9”D x 2U chassis. Includes UL/CSA-Listed power supply.
Model No.
Description
MP1B MP2 MP16
Passive AV Monitor Panel (12 speaker input) Active AV Monitor Panel (6 speaker input & 6 line input) Amplified AV Monitor Panel (16 channels)
MP-16
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1 1 1
8 8 16
AUDIO IX:
ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES Power Supply General Purpose POWER:
PS1224-2: general purpose, heavy duty power supply with 2 amp output is designed for continuous operation wherever a reliable DC power source is required. Includes LED power indicator, slide-switch selectable outputs at 6, 12 and 24V, barrier strip terminals and mounting holes. 7.5"L x 3"W.
Model No.
Description
PS1224-2
Power Supply
PS1224-2
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1
4
Relay Modules Standard (externally powered) RELAY:
RY-2: two (externally powered) dual-pole, dual-throw relays (DPDT) mounted in a compact chassis. Connections are terminated to 3-sided barrier strips for easy field wiring. Independent relay coils include spike protection and polarity diode. 5"L x 3.28"W. RY-4: four (externally powered) dual-pole, dual-throw relays (DPDT) mounted in a compact chassis. Connections are terminated to 3-sided barrier strips for easy field wiring. Independent relay coils include spike protection and polarity diode. 5"L x 6.25"W. Model No.
Description
RY-2 RY-4
Externally-powered Relay Module (2 DPDT relays) Externally-powered Relay Module (4 DPDT relays)
RY-2 RY-4
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1
1 2
Powered RELAY:
RPYS-1A: powered relay module provides the ability to use remotely located, low-voltage switches to power equipment connected to standard high current, high-voltage circuits. This 2-circuit, dual-pole dual-throw (DPDT) relay is activated by a single (SPST) contact closure. It’s ideal for appplications that need to switch multiple independent high current and/or high voltage circuits from a remote location where only low voltage/low current wiring is practical. 5"L x 3.28"W. Model No.
Description
RYPS-1A
Powered Relay Module
RYPS-1A
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1
2
Impedance Matching XFMR:
TLM-600: universal line level impedance matching transformer converts Hi-Z line to balanced 600 ohm line or vice-versa. Attenuates 25V or 70V speaker line to amplifier input. Includes trimpot control for precise level adjustment. RCA jack and screw terminals provided for convenient connection. Model No.
Description
TLM-600
Impedance Matching Transformer
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
TLM-600
Carton Carton Wt. Pack lbs.
1
1
99
AUDIO X:
CLOCK / SPEAKER CENTERS Center for Analog Clock (clock / speaker not included) Grille/Frame RECESSED:
Grille/frame for speaker center with 8" speaker and industry standard 12" analog clock (speaker, clock and backbox not included). White. 27.25"L x 17"W. AP-300: full-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC312). BP-300: round-bezel steel grille (fits backbox PC312). SCB-300: square-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC312).
SCB-series
AP-series
MC-301: round-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC312). SURFACE:
Grille/frame for speaker center with 8" speaker and industry standard 12" analog clock (speaker, clock and backbox not included). White. 26"L x 14.5"W. AP-700: full-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC712). BP-700: round-bezel steel grille (fits backbox PC712). SCB-700: square-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC712). MC-701: round-perforation steel grille (fits backbox PC712). Model No.
Description
AP-300 BP-300 SCB-300 MC-301 AP-700 BP-700 SCB-700 MC-701
Full-perforation Steel Grille/Frame (recessed) Round-bezel Steel Grille/Frame (recessed) Square-perforation Steel Grille/Frame (recessed) Round-perforation Steel Grille/Frame (recessed) Full-perforation Steel Grille/Frame (surface) Round-bezel Steel Grille/Frame (surface) Square-perforation Grille/Frame (surface) Round-perforation Grille/Frame (surface)
MC-series
BP-series Note: clock, speaker, and backbox are not included with grille/frame. Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
12 10 13 16 13 14 13 16
Backbox RECESSED:
SURFACE:
PC312: recessed, steel backbox for speaker center with 8" speaker and industry standard 12" analog clock (speaker, clock and backbox not included). 26"L x 16"W x 3"D. Black. PC712: surface-mount, steel backbox for speaker center with 8" speaker and industry standard 12" analog clock (speaker, clock and backbox not included). 26"L x 14.5"W x 4"D. White. Model No.
Description
PC312 PC712
Recessed Backbox (for clock/speaker center) Surface-mount Backbox (for clock/speaker center)
PC312
PC712 Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
4 3
34 27
Center for Digital Clock (clock / speaker not included) Grille SURFACE:
Square, perforated steel grille for use with 8" speaker and digital clock (speaker, clock and backbox not included). 12.89" sq. White. DC802-DD3: fits Dukane 24D20A clock. DC802-DF: fits Faraday 2363-24, Sapling 100, or Sapling 200 clock. DC802-DFR: fits Franklin F1200-6PM clock. DC802-DR1: fits Rauland 2420 clock. DC802-DR2: fits Rauland 2520 clock. DC802-SAP1: fits Sapling 102 or 103-series clock.
100
Model No.
Description
DC802-DD3 DC802-DF DC802-DFR DC802-DR1 DC802-DR2 DC802-SAP1
Steel Grille (for Dukane 24D20A) Steel Grille (for Faraday 2363-24, Sapling 100, or Sapling 200) Steel Grille (for Franklin F1200-6PM) Steel Grille (for Rauland 2420) Steel Grille (for Rauland 2520) Steel Grille (for Sapling 102 and Sapling 103-series)
DC802-series grill (clock, speaker and backbox are not included with grille) Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10 10 10 10 10 10
21 21 21 21 21 21
Backbox RECESSED:
RE1175: steel backbox, 11.75" square x 4"D. Steel backbox for clock/speaker center is designed to accommodate 8" loudspeaker and digital clock. (Loudspeaker, clock and grille are not included.) Fits grille series DC802.
SURFACE:
SE1275: steel backbox, 12.75" sq. x 4"D. White. Steel backbox for clock/speaker center is designed to accommodate 8" loudspeakers and digital clock. (Loudspeaker, clock and grille are not included.) Fits grille series DC802. Model No.
Description
RE1175 SE1275
Recessed Steel Backbox (for digital clock/speaker) Surface-mount Steel Backbox (for digital clock/speaker)
RE1175
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6
39 28
Modular Center (clock / speaker not included) Grille/Frame CUSTOM:
CTC-series: 18.85"W x 39.13"H heavy gauge steel grille/frame for custom clock-speaker center can be mounted to recessed or surface backbox (order separately). White grille secures to black frame with side lock. To order, select 1 module from each of 5 sections (A-E) and add to core part number below. Note: Clock, handset, speaker, light switch and backbox are not included. Section A Modules: area for clock/strobe includes universal mounting bracket that accommodates most clocks (clock/strobe not included). A1: opening for 12" analog clock A2: openings for 12" analog clock and 1-gang strobe A3: openings for 12" analog clock and 2-gang strobe A4: opening for digital clock Section B Modules: area for handset (not included). B1: blank B2: 1-gang opening B3: locking door Section C Modules: area for speaker (not included). C1: blank C2: studs for 8" speaker (fits Lowell speaker 805, 810, or CT830-series) Section D Modules: area for gang-size electrical device (not included). D1: blank D2: 1 one-gang opening D3: 2 one-gang openings D4: 3 one-gang openings Section E Modules: area for light switch and EO box (not included). E1: blank E2: openings for 1 thermostat and 1 switch E3: openings for 2 switches E4: openings for 3 switches
Model No.
Sample configuration. Frame has five section modular layout. Clock and other components are not included with grille/frame.
Options for: Section A
Section B
Section C
Section D
Section E
Description
Carton Pack
CTC-(A_B_C_D_E_)** Modular Grille Frame (for clock/speaker center) 1 **Finish model number by adding individual module numbers for each section (A-E). Example: CTC-A1B2C1D3E2. Price accommodates any module combination.
Carton Wt. lbs.
20
Backbox RECESSED:
CTC-BXR: 15.6"W x 37"H x 3"D steel backbox for use with modular clock/speaker center (above). White.
SURFACE:
CTC-BXS: 18.85"W x 39.125"H x 3.06"D steel backbox for use with modular clock/speaker center (above). White. Backbox shown with modular grille/frame (sold separately).
Model No.
Description
CTC-BXR CTC-BXS
Recessed Backbox (for modular clock/speaker center) Surface Backbox (for modular clock/speaker center)
Weights and measurements are approximate—refer to product specification sheets for complete product information (www.lowellmfg.com).
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
2 2
26.5 20
101
AUDIO XI:
WALL & FLOOR BOXES / PLATES Floor BOX:
TRIM RING:
MO-series: heavy-duty, recessed floor box features internal height adjustment screws for precise positioning. Standard 4" x 4" octagonal box with circular solid brass cover and lid for microphones. MO: floor box with brass lid. MO-1: floor box with brass lid, punched for (1) C3F or C3M. MO-1-C3F: floor box with brass lid, includes (1) C3F connector. MO-3-2D3F: floor box with brass lid, includes (2) D3F connectors. CTR: brass carpet trim ring, 5.16" diameter (for MO-series). Model No.
Description
MO MO-1 MO-1-C3F MO-3-2D3F CTR
Floor Box with Brass Lid Floor Box with Brass Lid, punched for (1) C3F or C3M connector Floor Box with Brass Lid and (1) C3F connector Floor Box with Brass Lid and (2) D3F connectors Carpet Trim Ring
CTR
Trim Ring installed over MO-series box
MO-series
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
6 6 6 1 6
20 20 20 4 2
Wall Wall Box: BOX:
Surface-mount, 20 ga. steel enclosure for intercoms, wall plates and devices. Front flanged holes conform to standard wall plate centers and hardware. Rear of box features 0.5" conduit knockouts and mounting holes to install to standard EO box. 2.5"D. P1X: 1-gang box with 4 knockouts P1X-2: 2-gang box with 5 knockouts P1X-3: 3-gang box with 5 knockouts Model No.
Description
P1X P1X-2 P1X-3
Steel Wall Box (1-gang, 4 knockouts) Steel Wall Box (2-gang, 5 knockouts) Steel Wall Box (3-gang, 5 knockouts)
P1X-3 P1X
P1X-2
Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10 10 10
8 10 12
Wall Plate: 1-GANG:
2-GANG:
102
ANP-1: stainless steel wall plate with volume control scale (0-10), 1-gang. MCP13: stainless steel wall plate for (1) D3F, 1-gang. MCP14: stainless steel wall plate with (1) 0.375" hole, 1-gang. A1: blank wall plate, aluminum, 1-gang. S1: blank wall plate, stainless steel, 1-gang. MCP1-C3F: stainless steel wall plate with one C3F connector, 1-gang. MCP1-C3M: stainless steel wall plate with one C3M connector, 1-gang. CS10: single pole single throw (SPST) intercom call switch for general purpose signalling and switching. 1-gang. 0.88"D. ANP-2: stainless steel wall plate with volume control scale (0-10), 2-gang. A2: blank wall plate, aluminum, 2-gang. S2: blank wall plate, stainless steel, 2-gang. MCP2-C3F: stainless steel wall plate with (2) C3F connectors, 2-gang. Model No.
Description
ANP-1 ANP-2 MCP13 MCP14 A1 A2 S1 S2 MCP1-C3F MCP1-C3M MCP2-C3F CS10
Wall Plate with volume control scale (1-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate with volume control scale (2-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate for (1) D3F (1-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate with (1) hole (1-gang, stainless steel) Blank Wall Plate (1-gang, aluminum) Blank Wall Plate (2-gang, aluminum) Blank Wall Plate (1-gang, stainless steel) Blank Wall Plate (2-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate with (1) C3F Connector (1-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate with (1) C3M Connector (1-gang, stainless steel) Wall Plate with (2) C3F Connectors (2-gang, stainless steel) Intercom Call Station (1-gang)
ANP-1
MCP1-C3F
MCP-13
MCP-14
CS10
ANP2
MCP1-C3M Carton Pack
Carton Wt. lbs.
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 6 12
3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 4 3 4 2
Alpha-numeric Model No. Index Models are identified by series prefix where applicable. New models are displayed in plain text. Old model numbers are shown in italics (with new series prefix listed in parentheses). Note: some products are listed in more than one area of the catalog for convenient access; only the first or primary listing is displayed in this index. Model
pg
10015LVC ..............................................93 10015LVC-DB ........................................93 10015LVC-DI ........................................93 10015LVC-DSB......................................94 10015LVC-DSW ....................................94 10015LVC-DW ......................................93 10015LVC-RM ......................................95 10015LVC-SI..........................................93 10015LVC-SW ......................................93 100LVC ..................................................93 100LVC-DB ............................................93 100LVC-DI ............................................93 100LVC-DSB..........................................94 100LVC-DSW ........................................94 100LVC-DW ..........................................93 100LVC-PA ............................................93 100LVC-PA-DB ......................................93 100LVC-PA-DI........................................93 100LVC-PA-DSB....................................94 100LVC-PA-DSW ..................................94 100LVC-PA-DW ....................................93 100LVC-PA-RM......................................95 100LVC-PA-SI........................................93 100LVC-PA-SW ....................................93 100LVC-RM ..........................................95 100LVC-SI..............................................93 100LVC-SW ..........................................93 10KLVC-DB............................................94 10KLVC-DI ............................................94 10KLVC-DSB ........................................94 10KLVC-DSW ........................................94 10KLVC-DW ..........................................94 10KLVC-RM ..........................................96 12E100T60 ............................................80 12P150 ..................................................80 12Q250 ..................................................80 150-LVCS ..............................................95 150LVCS-DSB ......................................95 150LVCS-RM ........................................96 150LVCS-RMDB ....................................96 200LVC ..................................................94 200LVC-DSB..........................................94 200LVC-RM ..........................................95 200LVC-RMDB ......................................95 25LVC ....................................................93 25LVC-DB ..............................................93 25LVC-DI ..............................................93 25LVC-DSB............................................93 25LVC-DSW ..........................................93 25LVC-DW ............................................93 25LVC-RM ............................................95 25LVC-SI................................................93 25LVC-SW ............................................93 4A30 ......................................................90 4A30-T870 ............................................89 50LVC ....................................................93 50LVC-DB ..............................................93 50LVC-DI ..............................................93 50LVC-DSB............................................93 50LVC-DSW ..........................................94 50LVC-DW ............................................93 50LVC-RM ............................................95 50LVC-SI................................................93 50LVC-SW ............................................93 50LVCS..................................................95 50LVCS-DB............................................95 50LVCS-DI ............................................95 50LVCS-DSB ........................................95 50LVCS-DSW ........................................95 50LVCS-DW ..........................................95 50LVCS-RM ..........................................96 50LVCS-SI ............................................95 50LVCS-SW ..........................................95 6A40-T870 ............................................87 805 ........................................................83
Model
pg
805-T72..................................................82 810 (speaker) ........................................83 810-series (speaker/xfmr) ......................82 8A50 (speaker) ......................................83 8A50-series (speaker/xfmr)....................82 8C10-DVC-2T72 ....................................82 8C10MRA ..............................................83 8C10MRA-T72 ......................................82 8P100 ....................................................83 8PSBX ..................................................85 8XD4......................................................85 8XD4-P ..................................................85 8XD4-S ..................................................85 A1 ..........................................................102 A2 ..........................................................102 A8-AW....................................................83 AC-GTF20-IG ........................................59 ACB-20-1 ..............................................62 ACLC-100-20-SC248ASM ....................61 ACLC-200-30-SC248ASM ....................61 ACLC-3P-125-30-SC248ASM ..............61 ACLC-3P-225-42-SC248ASM ..............61 ACM-series ............................................57 ACR-1509 ..............................................47 ACR-2009 ..............................................47 ACR-SCS4-1509....................................49 ACR-SCS4-1509K ................................49 ACR-SCS4-2009-RT2............................49 ACR-SCS4-2009K-RT2 ........................49 ACRB-series ..........................................62 ACS-1505-SW ......................................51 ACS-1506 ..............................................51 ACS-1510-RPC......................................53 ACS-1510-WW ......................................51 ACS-1510-WW-SW ..............................51 ACS-1512 ..............................................51 ACS-1512-IEC ......................................51 ACS-1512-IEC-SW ................................51 ACS-1513-WW-HW ..............................52 ACS-1520-IEC-SW ................................51 ACS-1524 ..............................................51 ACS-1524-2C ........................................52 ACS-1524-IEC ......................................51 ACS-1530-IEC ......................................51 ACS-1530-IEC-SW ................................51 ACS-2010-IG-RPC-HW ........................53 ACS-2010-RPC-HW ..............................53 ACS-2012 ..............................................51 ACS-2014-2C-HW ................................52 ACS-2014-HW ......................................52 ACS-2014-IG-2C-HW ............................52 ACS-2014-IG-HW ..................................52 ACS-2014-SS-HW ................................52 ACS-2018-5C-RPC-HW ........................53 ACS-2018-IG-5C-RPC-HW....................53 ACS-2020-10C-HW ..............................52 ACS-2020-6C-HW ................................52 ACS-2020-IG-10C-HW ..........................52 ACS-2020-IG-6C-HW ............................52 ACS-2024 ..............................................51 ACS-2024-2C ........................................52 ACS-MP ................................................51 ACSC-248-ASM ....................................61 ACSE-1012............................................53 ACSE-1012-SW ....................................53 ACSE-1018............................................53 ACSE-1018-SW ....................................53 ACSE-1024............................................53 ACSE-1024-SW ....................................53 ACSP-1502-RPC ..................................58 ACSP-1502-VTE....................................58 ACSP-2002-RPC ..................................58 ACSP-2002-VTE....................................58 ACSP-2004............................................59 ACSP-2004-IG ......................................59
Model
pg
ACSP-2004-IG-GTF ..............................59 ACSP20-2C ..........................................60 ACSP20-2C-GTF ..................................60 ACSP20-3C ..........................................60 ACSP20-3C-GTF ..................................60 ACSP20-4C ..........................................60 ACSP20-4C-GTF ..................................60 ACSP20-5C ..........................................60 ACSP20-5C-GTF ..................................60 ACSP20-6C ..........................................60 ACSP20-6C-GTF ..................................60 ACSP20M ..............................................60 ACSP20M-GTF......................................60 ACSPR-1509 ........................................47 ACSPR-1509-VTE ................................47 ACSPR-2009 ........................................47 ACSPR-2009-VTE ................................47 ACSPR-RPC1-1509 ..............................48 ACSPR-RPC1-1509K ............................48 ACSPR-RPC1-2009 ..............................48 ACSPR-RPC1-2009K ............................48 ACSPR-SCS4-1509 ..............................49 ACSPR-SCS4-1509K ............................49 ACSPR-SCS4-2009-RT2 ......................49 ACSPR-SCS4-2009K-RT2 ....................49 ACSPS-1502..........................................58 AFP-series ............................................36 ANP-1 ....................................................102 ANP-2 ....................................................102 AP-300 ..................................................100 AP-700 (clock/speaker center) ..............100 AP-series (aluminum panels) ................36 BC-100 ..................................................92 BC-810-72..............................................72 BP-300 ..................................................100 BP-700 ..................................................100 BSG-8 ....................................................84 C1830-870 ............................................76 C3S........................................................43 C3SL......................................................43 CB44......................................................90 CB84......................................................86 CB84-SG................................................86 CB84-SGVP ..........................................86 CB86-4 ..................................................86 CB86-6 ..................................................86 CB88......................................................86 CEK-8M ................................................84 CLB-32 (CMV2-18) ................................45 CLB-77 (CMV2-44) ................................45 CMBS-series..........................................44 CMC-series............................................44 CMCD-series ........................................44 CMD-2V ................................................45 CMD-series............................................44 CMFW-series ........................................44 CMHT-series..........................................44 CMPS-series..........................................44 CMR-series............................................44 CMV2-series ..........................................45 CMV3-series ..........................................45 CMV5-series ..........................................45 CN-4 ......................................................91 CN-4M....................................................91 CN-8M....................................................84 CN-series (speakers) ............................70 COMPAC™............................................58 CP1210..................................................81 CP4........................................................90 CP810....................................................85 CP84......................................................85 CP87......................................................85 CS-8H ....................................................83 CS-8W ..................................................84 CS6-series ............................................97
Model
pg
CS650-series ........................................97 CT830 (speaker)....................................83 CT830-series (speaker/xfmr) ................82 CT8320 (speaker)..................................83 CT8320-series (speaker/xfmr) ..............82 CTC-series ............................................101 CTR........................................................102 D1410-72 ..............................................76 D3410-72 ..............................................76 D3P-ID-1................................................38 D3P-ID-2................................................38 D4P-1 ....................................................38 D6410-72 ..............................................76 D8P-ID-3................................................38 D9P-ID-3................................................38 DBB-4 ....................................................38 DC802-series ........................................100 DSL-810-72............................................71 DSQ-810-72 ..........................................71 DX104....................................................90 DX104-10T ............................................90 DX104-T ................................................90 DX108....................................................86 DX1312..................................................81 DX1512..................................................81 DX1612..................................................81 DX1712..................................................81 DX1815..................................................80 DX198....................................................86 DX58......................................................86 FS18-series............................................26 FT1-7 ....................................................46 FTC-1 ....................................................46 FW-12 ..................................................81 FW-12Q ................................................81 FW-8 ....................................................83 FW-8T ..................................................84 FW-FF....................................................46 FW1-KIT ................................................46 FW2-3 ....................................................46 FW2-RD ................................................46 FW3-3 ....................................................46 FW4-7 ....................................................46 FWS-215 (shelf) ....................................42 GBB-series ............................................34 GT-series (LGT) ....................................35 HRP832 ................................................73 IC-105 ....................................................83 IM-series / iMount™ ..............................66 IMC-series / iMount™Cylinder ..............67 IP-ID-1....................................................38 IX610......................................................88 IX610-EL................................................88 IX810......................................................85 IX810EL ................................................85 JG-15 ....................................................80 JG-8X ....................................................83 JR410 ....................................................90 JR410-T470 ..........................................89 JR410-T72 ............................................89 JR410-T870 ..........................................89 KDMS ....................................................42 KDMSL ..................................................42 KL-ANP2................................................94 KL100-series..........................................94 KOP ......................................................35 KOP-N....................................................35 L1-series (AFP)......................................36 L10-series (USVC) ................................39 L15-3X (VDX-2-2032) ............................41 L15-series (US)......................................39 L15-series with -E suffix (USE) ..............39 L16-3 (FWS-215) ..................................41 L18-series (disc., see new models) ......42 L184 ......................................................48
103
Model
104
pg
L184-TVSS ............................................48 L191A (C3S) ..........................................43 L192A (C3SL) ........................................43 L195 (LL)................................................43 L2-series (AP)........................................36 L20-series (SBL)....................................42 L203 (LK-FD) ........................................43 L204 (LK-RD) ........................................43 L21-1910 (MH-6-VHS) ..........................42 L212-series (RRD) ................................35 L2150-series (LFD)................................32 L2160-series (LRD)................................33 L22-197 (MH-4-CD) ..............................42 L250-series with -LD suffix (LWR)..........25 L253-series with -LD suffix (LWR)..........25 L258-series (LPR)..................................22 L259-series (LPR)..................................22 L260-series (LER-F) ..............................08 L260-series with -S suffix (LSER-F) ......16 L262-series (LER-F) ..............................08 L262-series with -S suffix (LSER-F) ......16 L265-series (LER)..................................06 L265-series with -S suffix (LSER) ..........14 L267-series (LER)..................................06 L267-series with -S suffix (LSER) ..........14 L268-series (LER)..................................06 L268-series with -S suffix (LSER) ..........14 L275-77CR (LCCR) ..............................34 L275-series (LGR) ................................10 L275-series with -S suffix (LSGR)..........18 L277-77CR (LCCR) ..............................34 L277-series (LGR) ................................10 L277-series with -S suffix (LSGR)..........18 L278-77CR (LCCR) ..............................34 L278-series (LGR) ................................10 L278-series with -S suffix (LSGR)..........18 L279-77CR (LCCR) ..............................34 L279-series (LGR) ................................10 L279-series with -S suffix (LSGR)..........18 L28-series (disc. see new models) ........42 L280-series (LRR)..................................12 L29K (KDMS) ........................................41 L29KL (KDMSL) ....................................41 L3-series (SP)........................................36 L35-1912 (FT1-7) ..................................46 L39 (FW-FF) ..........................................46 L40-series (LDSR) ................................31 L45-series (LPSR-F) ..............................23 L46-series (LDDF) ................................33 L5-series (SVP)......................................37 L55-series (disc., see new LWR-F)........26 L6-series (SVSP) ..................................37 L70-series (disc., see new LDR)............31 L83-series (LWTCR) ..............................27 L87-series (LWTR) ................................27 L9-series (SSC) ....................................37 LBS12 ....................................................81 LBS4-DX................................................91 LBS4-R ..................................................91 LBS8 ......................................................87 LBS8-CP................................................87 LBS8-CP................................................89 LBS8-R1 ................................................87 LBS8-R1 ................................................89 LCB-8 ....................................................84 LCC4-series ..........................................34 LCM-1 (CMC-1HV) ................................44 LCM-1V (CMCD-1HV) ..........................44 LCMD-1H (CMD-1H)..............................44 LCMD-1HV (CMD-1HV) ........................44 LCMD-2H (CMD-2H)..............................44 LCMD-2HV (CMD-2HV) ........................44 LCMP (CMBS) ......................................44 LCR-1216 ..............................................30 LCR-21 (LCR-1216) ..............................30 LCS-8NS................................................84 LD3-RMP (D3P-ID-1) ............................38 LD3-RMP2 (D3P-ID-2) ..........................38 LD4-RM (D4P-1) ....................................38 LD8-RMP (D8P-ID-3) ............................38 LD9-RMP (D9P-ID-3) ............................38 LDDF-series ..........................................33 LDR-series ............................................31 LDSR-series ..........................................31
Model
pg
LE-series (SEP) ....................................36 LEF-series (SEFP) ................................36 LER-F-series..........................................08 LER-series ............................................06 LFD-series ............................................32 LGR-series ............................................10 LGRB-12................................................45 LGT-series ............................................35 LH-series................................................72 LHR-series ............................................29 LK-FD ....................................................43 LK-RD ....................................................43 LL ..........................................................43 LLR-series..............................................12 LMB-series ............................................34 LMSB-series ..........................................34 LN10-RMP (N10P-ID-1) ........................38 LO8-P ....................................................83 LPD-1500S ............................................94 LPID-RMP (IP-ID-1) ..............................38 LPPR-2432 ............................................23 LPR-42 (LPPR-2432) ............................23 LPR-series ............................................22 LPSR-F-series ......................................23 LPT2-series (LPTR) ..............................28 LPT4-series (LPTR) ..............................28 LPTR-series ..........................................28 LR-RRK-series (LLR-RRT) ....................12 LR1018-B (LLR) ....................................12 LR1218-B (LLR) ....................................12 LR1618-B (LLR) ....................................12 LR2118-B (LLR) ....................................12 LRD-series ............................................33 LRR-series ............................................12 LSB-series ............................................34 LSER-F-series ......................................16 LSER-series ..........................................14 LSG6-RM (SG6P-3) ..............................38 LSGR-series ..........................................18 LSSB-series ..........................................34 LT-series: music/paging ........................69 LT-series: pro ........................................68 LT-series: sound-masking ......................77 LTC-1 (FTC-1)........................................46 LUH-series ............................................73 LV-50S ..................................................94 LV-50S-RM ............................................96 LV-5K ....................................................94 LV-5K-RM ..............................................96 LVC-RMP (LVC8P-ID-2) ........................38 LVC8P-ID-2 (modular) ..........................39 LVR-series ............................................20 LWBR-series ..........................................24 LWF-1912 (FW4-7) ................................46 LWF-195-2 (FW2-3) ..............................46 LWF-195-3 (FW3-3) ..............................46 LWF-KIT (FW1-KIT) ..............................46 LWF-RD-2 (FW2-RD) ............................46 LWR-F-series ........................................26 LWR-series ............................................25 LWS-116 (RSD-116) ..............................41 LWTCR-series........................................27 LWTR-series ..........................................27 LWX-series (VWS) ................................41 MB-series (LMB)....................................34 MBS-series (LMSB) ..............................34 MC-301 ..................................................100 MC-701 ..................................................100 MCP1-C3F ............................................102 MCP1-C3M ............................................102 MCP13 ..................................................102 MCP14 ..................................................102 MCP2-C3F ............................................102 MDX-series ............................................67 MH-4-CD ..............................................42 MH-6-VHS..............................................42 MO ........................................................102 MO-1......................................................102 MO-1-C3F..............................................102 MO-3-2D3F............................................102 MP16......................................................79 MP1B ....................................................79 MP2........................................................79 MSM ......................................................64
Model
pg
N10P-ID-1..............................................38 OS-series ..............................................71 P1X ........................................................102 P1X-2 ....................................................102 P1X-3 ....................................................102 P625X ....................................................90 P68X ......................................................86 P68X-6 ..................................................86 P875X-4 ................................................86 P875X-6 ................................................86 PB-series (LSB) ....................................34 PBS-series (LSSB) ................................34 PC-312 ..................................................100 PC-712 ..................................................100 POWERSTAC™ ....................................54 PR4........................................................91 PR8-1624 ..............................................87 PRK........................................................21 PS1224-2 ..............................................99 PTB-12 (LGRB-12) ................................45 R1805-series..........................................76 R1810-series..........................................76 R7810-72 ..............................................76 R7810-72K ............................................76 R7810-series..........................................76 RC-100 ..................................................43 RCN-series ............................................43 RE1175 ..................................................101 RE1175-T ..............................................86 RF841 ....................................................85 RF871 ....................................................85 RGH-series ............................................43 RL-series................................................43 RMK-series ............................................40 RMP8 ....................................................87 RPAK-81072 ..........................................70 RPC-1-series ........................................63 RPC-4CD ..............................................48 RPC-4MC ..............................................48 RPSB-series ..........................................64 RPSW-KEY............................................64 RRD-series ............................................35 RRT-series ............................................35 RRTMB-F ..............................................26 RS-series ..............................................43 RS12-AW ..............................................81 RS8-AW ................................................83 RSD-116 ................................................41 RSP-series ............................................43 RSR-series ............................................43 RSV-series ............................................43 RT-1810-72 ............................................76 RY-2 ......................................................99 RY-4 ......................................................99 RYPS-1A................................................99 S1 ..........................................................102 S2 ..........................................................102 SBL-series ............................................42 SCB-300 ................................................100 SCB-700 ................................................100 SCS-4R..................................................50 SCS-4RK ..............................................50 SCS-series ............................................63 SCS8R-ASM..........................................50 SCS8RK-ASM........................................50 SE1275 ..................................................101 SEFP-series ..........................................36 SEP-series ............................................36 SG-4 ......................................................91 SG-8 ......................................................83 SG-8VP..................................................84 SG6P-3 ..................................................38 SL-series................................................72 SL8-W....................................................84 SM-series ..............................................78 SMG-series............................................78 SMGA-20 ..............................................79 SMGA-5 ................................................79 SMLT-series (SMTGM) ..........................77 SMTGM-series ......................................77 SP-series ..............................................36 SQLK-8L ................................................84 SS24 ......................................................81 SS30 ......................................................87
Model
pg
SS48 ......................................................87 SSC-series ............................................37 SVP-series ............................................37 SVSP-series ..........................................37 TLK ........................................................43 TLM10070A ..........................................92 TLM1670A ............................................92 TLM3270A ............................................92 TLM470..................................................92 TLM572..................................................92 TLM600..................................................92 TLM825..................................................92 TLM870..................................................92 TLS10070 ..............................................92 TLS3270 ................................................92 TMB1670 ..............................................92 U181RL..................................................47 U181RL-LC............................................47 UDE ......................................................42 UDEL ....................................................42 UDP ......................................................42 UL-CB44 ................................................74 UL-CB84-SG..........................................74 UL-CP4 ..................................................74 UL-CP84 ................................................74 UL-DX104 ..............................................75 UL-DX104T............................................75 UL-P625X ..............................................74 UL-P68X ................................................74 UL-XCP84-S ..........................................74 UL-XCP87..............................................75 ULD-series ............................................74 ULS-series ............................................74 ULT-series..............................................74 ULXCP1210-TM100 ..............................75 UNIHORN® ............................................73 US-series ..............................................39 USE-series ............................................39 USVC-series ..........................................39 VARI-RACK® ..........................................20 VCW-12 ................................................45 VDS-2-2032 ..........................................41 VWS-series............................................41 WB-12....................................................81 WB-4......................................................91 WB-4T....................................................91 WB-8......................................................83 WB-8-6 ..................................................89 WB-8H ..................................................83 WB-8T....................................................84 WB-8T....................................................89 WB12-12P150........................................75 WB4-4A30-T870 ....................................75 WB4T-4A30-T870 ..................................75 WB8-8A50-T870 ....................................75 WS21-17................................................26 X-series..................................................30 XCP1210................................................81 XCP810..................................................85 XCP84....................................................85 XCP84-S................................................85 XCP87....................................................85 XCP87....................................................88 XPR4-T ..................................................91
